agenda, county of oxford, council meeting, 3/28/2018 7:00:00 pm, council chamber

AGENDA

COUNTY OF OXFORD

COUNCIL MEETING

WEDNESDAY, MARCH 28, 2018 7:00 P.M.

COUNCIL CHAMBER, OXFORD COUNTY ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, WOODSTOCK

MEETING #6

County of Oxford ~ eAgenda Application Version 0.3.0 Agenda Version 1, Addition to Agenda➤

1. CALL TO ORDER Time ______

2. APPROVAL OF AGENDA

3. DISCLOSURES OF PECUNIARY INTEREST AND THE GENERAL NATURE THEREOF

4. ADOPTION OF COUNCIL MINUTES OF PREVIOUS MEETING

March 14 2018

5. PUBLIC MEETINGS

Resolution to go into a public meeting pursuant to the Building Code Act Time ______

1. Renewal of On-Site Sewage System ManagementAgreements with Area Municipalities – Building Code Part 8for services related to on-site sewage systems and land controlfor a period of two years under a revised fee schedule*See PHES 2018-07

Resolution to adjourn the public meeting Time ______

Consideration of:

PHES 2018-07Re: Renewal of On-Site Sewage System Management Agreements with Area Municipalities – Building Code Part 8

Resolution to go into a public meeting pursuant to the Planning Act Time ______

2. Application for Official Plan Amendment1340828 Ontario Inc. - OP 17-02-3to re-designate the portion of the subject lands currently designated Low DensityResidential to Medium Density Residential- subject lands are legally described as Lots 113, 116, 118, Part Lots 93 - 98, 119,Plan 745 & Part 1, 41R-6025 (North Norwich), Township of Norwich, located on thenorth side of Main Street West, east of Centre Street in the Village of Norwich.*See CP 2018-78

COUNCIL AGENDAMARCH 28, 2018


Written Submission regarding the Application

Township of NorwichMarch 14, 2018Twp of Norwich - 031418

Resolution to adjourn the public meeting Time ______

Resolution

That the submission from the Township of Norwich regarding the Application for OfficialPlan Amendment - OP 17-02-3 - 1340828 Ontario Inc., be received.

Consideration of:CP 2018-78Re: Application for Official Plan Amendment 1340828 Ontario Inc. - OP 17-02-3

6. DELEGATIONS AND PRESENTATIONS

1. Dirk Boogerd, PresidentOxford County Federation of AgricultureBen Le Fort, Senior Policy AnalystOntario Federation of Agriculture

Re: Farm Assessments and Taxes - Additional InformationOxford Property Tax Pres

7. CONSIDERATION OF DELEGATIONS AND PRESENTATIONS

Resolution

That the additional information to that presented on March 14th provided in thepresentation given on behalf of the Oxford County Federation of Agriculture, regardingfarm assessments and taxes, be received.

8. CONSIDERATION OF CORRESPONDENCE

9. REPORTS FROM DEPARTMENTS

PUBLIC HEALTH AND EMERGENCY SERVICES

PHES 2018-07Re: Renewal of On-Site Sewage System Management Agreements with Area Municipalities – Building Code Part 8

Recommendations

1. That County Council authorize the Chief Administrative Officer, and Director, Public Health & Emergency Services to execute the Sewage System Management Agreements for services related to on-site sewage systems land control between the County of Oxford and participating area municipalities for a period of two (2) years under a revised fee schedule as set out in Report No. PHES 2018-07;

2. And further, that Schedule “A” to By-law No. 4889-2007, being a by-law to impose fees and charges for services that the County of Oxford provides that are not covered through direct taxation of its ratepayers, be amended.



COMMUNITY PLANNING

CP 2018-78Re: Application for Official Plan Amendment OP 17-02-3 - 1340828 Ontario Inc.

Recommendations

1. That Oxford County Council approve application OP17-02-3, submitted by 1340828 Ontario Inc., to amend the Official Plan to re-designate the portion of the subject lands currently designated Low Density Residential to Medium Density Residential, with a site specific policy to permit a mix of single- detached, townhouse and apartment dwellings, a community centre and a long-term care facility on lands described as Lots 113, 116, 119 & Part Lots 93-98, 119, Plan 745 and Part 1 41R 6025;

2. And further, that Council approve the attached Amendment No. 217 to the County of Oxford Official Plan;

3. And further, that the necessary by-law to approve Amendment No. 217 be raised.

CORPORATE SERVICES

CS 2018-08Re: 2018 Tax Policy Review

Recommendation

1. That the necessary by-laws addressing the following tax policy matters be prepared on the basis of staff direction received in response to the analysis contained in Report No. CS 2018-08, entitled “Tax Policy Review”, for Council’s consideration at the April 11, 2018 Council meeting:

a. Tax Ratios; b. Tax Rate Reductions for Prescribed Property Subclasses; c. Tax Rates for Upper Tier Purposes; d. Capping Calculation Options; e. Lower Limit for Applying Tax to New Construction Properties.

PUBLIC WORKS

PW 2018-07Re: Contract Award for County Courthouse Roof Replacement - Phase 2

Recommendation

1. That County Council authorize a transfer of $253,532 from the Facilities reserves to address the budget shortfall for the County Courthouse Roof Replacement Phase 2 contract.

PW 2018-08Re: 2017 Annual Waste Management Reports

Recommendation

1. That County Council receive Report No. PW 2018-08 titled “2017 Annual Waste Management Reports” as information.



PW 2018-09Re: 2017 Annual Wastewater System Performance

Recommendations

1. That County Council receive Report PW 2018-09 titled “2017 Annual Wastewater System Performance”, including the individual 2017 Annual Wastewater Treatment Plant Summary Reports;

2. And further, that County Council receive the 2017 Annual Biosolids (Non- Agricultural Source Material) Summary Report, including the performance summary of the County’s wastewater treatment plant biosolids processing, land application program and biosolids centralized storage facility (BCSF).

PW 2018-10Re: Workplace Electric Vehicle Charging Incentive Program (WEVCIP)

Recommendations

1. That County Council received Report No. PW 2018-10 titled “Workplace Electric Vehicle Charging Incentive Program” for information;

2. And further, that Council authorize the Chief Administrative Officer and the Director of Public Works to accept and execute all necessary documents for the Ministry of Transportation WEVCIP funding program for the six respective Electric Vehicle Service Equipment (EVSE) locations as outlined in Report PW 2018-10.

PW 2018-11Re: Trans Canada Trail Update and Proposed Trail Extension

Recommendations

1. That County Council receive Report No. PW 2018-11 titled “Trans Canada Trail Update and Proposed Trail Extension” as information;

2. And further, that County Council authorize a transfer of $330,000 from General Reserves to fund unspent 2017 approved TCT budget carried over into 2018 for construction of the TCT extension and remaining works;

3. And further, that County Council approve an amendment to the trail route, identified in Schedule A of the Trans Canada Trail Agreement between the County of Oxford and Town of Tillsonburg, to include an extension of the off road multi- use recreation trail, from west of Tillson Avenue to Quarter Town Line along the former Canada Southern Station (CASO) railway corridor within Tillsonburg, subject to a resolution from Town of Tillsonburg Council.

10. UNFINISHED BUSINESS

Pending Items

11. MOTIONS

12. NOTICE OF MOTIONS

13. NEW BUSINESS/ENQUIRIES/COMMENTS

14. CLOSED SESSION (Room 129)



15. CONSIDERATION OF MATTERS ARISING FROM THE CLOSED SESSION

16. BY-LAWS

BY-LAW NO. 6006-2018Being a By-law to adopt Amendment Number 217 to the County ofOxford Official Plan.

BY-LAW NO. 6007-2018Being a By-law to amend By-law No. 5852-2016, a By-lawestablishing County Council Procedures for governing theproceedings of the Council, the conduct of its members and thecalling of meetings of the County Council of the County of Oxford.

BY-LAW NO. 6008-2018Being a By-law to confirm all actions and proceedings of the Councilof the County of Oxford at the meeting at which this By-law ispassed.

17. ADJOURNMENT Time ______

MINUTES

OF THE

COUNCIL OF THE

COUNTY OF OXFORD

County Council Chamber Woodstock March 14, 2018

MEETING #5 Oxford County Council meets in regular session this fourteenth day of March 2018, in the Council Chamber, County Administration Building, Woodstock. 1. CALL TO ORDER: 9:30 a.m., with Deputy Warden Martin in the chair. All members of Council present except Warden Mayberry and Councillor Birtch. Staff Present: P. M. Crockett, Chief Administrative Officer L. Beath, Director of Public Health and Emergency Services P. D. Beaton, Director of Human Services L. S. Buchner, Director of Corporate Services C. Fransen, Director of Woodingford Lodge G. K. Hough, Director of Community Planning D. Simpson, Director of Public Works A. Smith, Director of Human Resources B. J. Tabor, Clerk C. J. Senior, Deputy Clerk 2. APPROVAL OF AGENDA: RESOLUTION NO. 1: Moved by: Ted Comiskey Seconded by: Don McKay That the Agenda be approved as amended by adding Dirk Boogerd, President, Oxford County Federation of Agriculture, as part of Delegation 1, by adding a correspondence item from Tim Lobzun, dated March 10, 2018, regarding Report No. CAO 2018-05, and by changing the order of business by bringing forward 14. Closed Session and 15. Consideration of Matters Arising from the Closed Session after consideration of Report No. CS 2018-06. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried 3. DISCLOSURES OF PECUNIARY INTEREST AND THE GENERAL NATURE THEREOF: NIL 4. ADOPTION OF COUNCIL MINUTES OF PREVIOUS MEETING: Council Minutes of February 28, 2018

March 14, 2018 RESOLUTION NO. 2: Moved by: Ted Comiskey Seconded by: Don McKay That the Council Minutes of February 28, 2018 be adopted. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried 5. PUBLIC MEETINGS: NIL 6. DELEGATIONS AND PRESENTATIONS: 1. Dirk Boogerd, President

Oxford County Federation of Agriculture Ben Le Fort, Senior Policy Analyst Ontario Federation of Agriculture

Re: Farm Assessments and Taxes Dirk Boogerd, President, Oxford County Federation of Agriculture (OCFA), and Ben Le Fort, Senior Policy Analyst, Ontario Federation of Agriculture (OFA), come forward to speak regarding farm assessments and taxes. D. Boogerd provides an introduction to the presentation stating that the OCFA members have, once again, raised concerns with the current tax ratio for farm properties in Oxford County. He comments that they are not asking to pay less tax but are asking that Council slow down the increase to a manageable level. D. Boogerd refers to 2017 as being a record high for the tax burden placed on Oxford farmers and states that the OCFA is asking that Council revisit the current tax ratio. B. Le Fort proceeds through a revised PowerPoint presentation to that which was provided as an attachment to Council’s electronic Agenda. He restates the ask here today is to maintain the 2017 tax burden at 7%, in other words maintaining the current record high in tax burden on farm property owners, and to not set a new record in each of the next three years. B. Le Fort asks that the 2018 farm property tax ratio be set at .22 to maintain the current record tax burden. Deputy Warden Martin opens the meeting to questions from Council. B. Le Fort responds to comments and questions from Councillors McKay and Molnar and Deputy Warden Martin.

7. CONSIDERATION OF DELEGATIONS AND PRESENTATIONS: RESOLUTION NO. 3: Moved by: Ted Comiskey Seconded by: Don McKay That the information provided in the presentation on behalf of the Oxford County Federation of Agriculture, regarding farm assessments and taxes, be received. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried 8. CONSIDERATION OF CORRESPONDENCE: 1. Ministry of Transportation

Policy and Planning Division High Speed Rail Branch February 27, 2018

Re: High Speed Rail Environmental Assessment Terms of Reference – Notice of Commencement

March 14, 2018 RESOLUTION NO. 4: Moved by: Don McKay Seconded by: Marion Wearn That the Ministry of Transportation correspondence dated February 27, 2018 regarding the High Speed Rail (HSR) Environmental Assessment (EA) Terms of Reference – Notice of Commencement be received; And further, that the County of Oxford respectfully and unequivocally expects, as is required under the Environmental Assessment Act, the proposed HSR EA Terms of Reference to explicitly include a full and comparative assessment of the High Performance Rail alternative as outlined in Warden Mayberry’s January 18, 2018 letter to Premier Wynne, Minister Del Duca (then Minister of Transportation) and Minister Ballard (Minister of the Environment and Climate Change); And further, that the Premier of Ontario, the Minister of Transportation, the Minister of the Environment and Climate Change, the Leader of the PC Party of Ontario, the Leader of the Ontario New Democratic Party, the Leader of the Green Party of Ontario, Ernie Hardeman (MPP Oxford), and the Executive Director of High Speed Rail be so advised. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried Direction is given to staff to copy the above resolution to the South Central Ontario Region Economic Development Corporation (SCOR EDC) and the County’s Area Municipalities. 2. Tim Lobzun

March 10, 2018 Re: Report No. CAO 2018-05 RESOLUTION NO. 5: Moved by: Don McKay Seconded by: Marion Wearn That the correspondence from Tim Lobzun, dated March 10, 2018, be received as information and referred for consideration during deliberation on Report No. CAO 2018-05. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried

9. REPORTS FROM DEPARTMENTS: CORPORATE SERVICES CS 2018-06 Re: 2018 Tax Policy RESOLUTION NO. 6: Moved by: Stephen Molnar Seconded by: Marion Wearn That the recommendations contained in Report No. CS 2018-06, titled “2018 Tax Policy”, be adopted. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried

March 14, 2018 Recommendations Contained in Report No. CS 2018-06: 1. That consideration of a 2018 tax policy by-law be given at the Council meeting scheduled for April 11, 2018, that establishes: a. Tax Ratios; b. Tax Rate Reductions for Prescribed Property Subclasses; c. Tax Rates for Upper Tier Purposes; d. Capping Calculation Options; e. Lower Limit for Applying Tax to New Construction Properties; 2. And further, that Council approves the amendment to tax policy previously established by the following by-laws: a. By-law No. 5912-2017, being a by-law to provide a Financial Hardship Program; and b. By-law No. 5913-2017, being a by-law to establish a tax rebate program for the purpose of providing relief from taxes or amounts paid on account of taxes on eligible property occupied by eligible charities and similar organizations – Appendix “A” amended to consolidate the roll number for the Royal Canadian Legion BR 55 - Woodstock; 3. And further, that Council directs staff to incorporate the most aggressive tax policy options available to advance the County’s ability to opt out of the capping program. As was provided for in Resolution No. 1, 14. Closed Session and 15. Consideration of Matters Arising from the Closed Session are brought forward in the meeting. 14. CLOSED SESSION: RESOLUTION NO. 7: Moved by: Stephen Molnar Seconded by: Marion Wearn That Council rise and go into a Closed session for the purpose of hearing a delegation from Peter Pickfield, Solicitor, Garrod Pickfield LLP, and considering associated Report No. CAO (CS) 2018-06, regarding matters that have not been made public concerning the receiving of advice that is subject to solicitor-client privilege, including communications necessary for that purpose. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried (10:47 a.m.) Oxford County Council meets in Closed session, as part of a regular meeting, this fourteenth day of March, 2018 in Room 129, County Administration Building, Woodstock. A. CLOSED SESSION COMMENCEMENT TIME: 10:49 a.m., with Deputy Warden Martin in the chair. All members of Council present except Warden Mayberry and Councillor Birtch. Staff Present: P. M. Crockett, Chief Administrative Officer L. S. Buchner, Director of Corporate Services G. K. Hough, Director of Community Planning D. Simpson, Director of Public Works B. J. Tabor, Clerk C. J. Senior, Deputy Clerk

March 14, 2018 B. DISCLOSURES OF PECUNIARY INTEREST AND THE GENERAL NATURE THEREOF: NIL C. DELEGATIONS AND PRESENTATIONS: 1. Peter Pickfield, Solicitor

Garrod Pickfield LLP Re: Advice that is subject to Solicitor-Client Privilege, including Communications necessary for that Purpose Peter Pickfield, Solicitor, Garrod Pickfield LLP, presents to Council. D. CONSIDERATION OF CORRESPONDENCE: NIL E. REPORTS FROM DEPARTMENTS: CAO/CLERK CAO (CS) 2018-06 F. UNFINISHED BUSINESS: NIL G. NEW BUSINESS/ENQUIRIES/COMMENTS: NIL H. TIME OF COMPLETION OF CLOSED SESSION: 11:28 a.m. RESOLUTION NO. 8: Moved by: Stephen Molnar Seconded by: Marion Wearn That Council rise and reconvene in Open session.

DISPOSITION: Motion Carried (11:28 a.m.) Council members and staff return to the Council Chamber. 11:31 a.m. with Deputy Warden Martin in the chair. All members of Council present except Warden Mayberry and Councillor Birtch. Staff Present: P. M. Crockett, Chief Administrative Officer L. Beath, Director of Public Health and Emergency Services P. D. Beaton, Director of Human Services L. S. Buchner, Director of Corporate Services C. Fransen, Director of Woodingford Lodge G. K. Hough, Director of Community Planning D. Simpson, Director of Public Works A. Smith, Director of Human Resources B. J. Tabor, Clerk C. J. Senior, Deputy Clerk

March 14, 2018 15. CONSIDERATION OF MATTERS ARISING FROM THE CLOSED SESSION: DELEGATIONS AND PRESENTATIONS RESOLUTION NO. 9: Moved by: Margaret Lupton Seconded by: Don McKay That the information provided in the delegation from Peter Pickfield, Solicitor, Garrod Pickfield LLP, regarding matters that have not been made public concerning the receiving of advice that is subject to solicitor-client privilege, including communications necessary for that purpose, be received. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried CAO/CLERK CAO (CS) 2018-06 RESOLUTION NO. 10: Moved by: Margaret Lupton Seconded by: Don McKay That the recommendation contained in Report No. CAO (CS) 2018-06 be adopted. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried 9. REPORTS FROM DEPARTMENTS: (continued) CORPORATE SERVICES (continued) CS 2018-07 Re: OILC Financing Application – Zorra RESOLUTION NO. 11: Moved by: Deborah Tait Seconded by: Margaret Lupton That the recommendation contained in Report No. CS 2018-07, titled “OILC Financing Application - Zorra”, be adopted. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried Recommendation Contained in Report No. CS 2018-07: 1. That By-law No. 6004-2018 being a by-law to authorize the submission of an application to the Ontario Infrastructure Lands Corporation for temporary and long-term borrowing through the issue of debentures for the purposes of the Township of Zorra, be presented to Council for enactment. PUBLIC WORKS PW 2018-05 Re: Advancing Zero Waste – A Waste Recovery and Reduction Technology Assessment Update

March 14, 2018 With the motion on the floor and prior to discussion, David Simpson, Director of Public Works, comes forward to address Council on Report No. PW 2018-05. He proceeds through a PowerPoint presentation. Following the presentation D. Simpson and Dave Vermeeren, Waste Management Supervisor, respond to comments and questions from Councillors Comiskey and Molnar. Councillor Tait leaves the meeting at 11:51 a.m. RESOLUTION NO. 12: Moved by: Stephen Molnar Seconded by: Margaret Lupton That the recommendations contained in Report No. PW 2018-05, titled “Advancing Zero Waste – A Waste Recovery and Reduction Technology Assessment Update”, be adopted. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried Recommendations Contained in Report No. PW 2018-05: 1. That County Council receive Report No. PW 2018-05 entitled “Advancing Zero Waste – A Waste Recovery and Reduction Technology Assessment Update”; 2. And further, that staff report Waste Recovery and Reduction Technology recommendations for Council consideration upon completion of the public engagement campaign as outlined in Report PW 2018-05; 3. And further, that Report No. PW 2018-05 be circulated to Area Municipalities for comment. PUBLIC HEALTH AND EMERGENCY SERVICES PHES 2018-06 Re: Revised Medical Tiered Response Agreement for the Township of East Zorra-Tavistock RESOLUTION NO. 13: Moved by: Sandra Talbot Seconded by: Ted Comiskey That the recommendations contained in Report No. PHES 2018-06, titled “Revised Medical Tiered Response Agreement for the Township of East Zorra-Tavistock”, be adopted. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried Recommendations Contained in Report No. PHES 2018-06: 1. That County Council approve the revised Medical Tiered Response Agreement for the Township of East Zorra-Tavistock; 2. And further, that County Council authorize the Chief Administrative Officer and Director of Public Health & Emergency Services to execute the necessary documents as outlined in Report No. PHES 2018-06, entitled “Revised Medical Tiered Response Agreement for the Township of East Zorra-Tavistock.” CAO/CLERK CAO 2018-04 Re: County of Oxford Procedure By-law Amendments – Bill 68 Updates

March 14, 2018 RESOLUTION NO. 14: Moved by: Sandra Talbot Seconded by: Ted Comiskey That the recommendation contained in Report No. CAO 2018-04, titled “County of Oxford Procedure By-law Amendments – Bill 68 Updates”, be adopted. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried Recommendation Contained in Report No. CAO 2018-04: 1. That a by-law be raised to amend Procedure By-law No. 5852-2016 in accordance with changes contained within Report No. CAO 2018-04. CAO 2018-05 Re: Proposed Council Resolution – Municipal ‘Right to Approve’ Landfill Developments RESOLUTION NO. 15: Moved by: Margaret Lupton Seconded by: Don McKay That the recommendation contained in Report No. CAO 2018-05, titled “Proposed Council Resolution – Municipal ‘Right to Approve’ Landfill Developments”, be adopted. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried Recommendation Contained in Report No. CAO 2018-05: 1. That Council adopt the resolution regarding the Landfill Approval Process in Ontario appended to Report CAO 2018-05 as Attachment 1. RESOLUTION NO. 16: Moved by: Margaret Lupton Seconded by: Don McKay Whereas six Oxford County Municipalities have now passed resolutions calling upon the Government of Ontario, and all political parties, to formally grant municipalities the authority to approve landfill projects in or adjacent to their communities; And whereas the County Council sees merit in the Government of Ontario giving serious consideration to the establishment of a new separate local decision-making authority related to landfills given the potentially disruptive social, economic and environmental implications of such proposal on local communities; Be it resolved that the County of Oxford calls upon the Government of Ontario to commence a legislative review of the Province’s landfill approval process in order to assess the potential establishment of a municipal consent requirement prior to the approval of any new landfill in Ontario. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried 10. UNFINISHED BUSINESS: Pending Items No discussion takes place regarding the Pending Items list.

March 14, 2018 11. MOTIONS: NIL 12. NOTICE OF MOTIONS: NIL 13. NEW BUSINESS/ENQUIRIES/COMMENTS: Councillor Molnar informs Council regarding the South Central Ontario Region Economic Development Corporation (SCOR EDC) Annual General Meeting to be held on March 29th at 9:30 a.m. at the SCOR EDC Headquarters in Tillsonburg. He advises that the speakers will be Tyler Whale, President, Ontario Agri-Food Technologies, and Keith Currie, President, Ontario Federation of Agriculture. 14. CLOSED SESSION: Closed session occurred earlier in the meeting. 15. CONSIDERATION OF MATTERS ARISING FROM THE CLOSED SESSION: Consideration of matters arising from the Closed session occurred earlier in the meeting. 16. BY-LAWS: BY-LAW NO. 6002-2018 Being a By-law to provide for the dedication and naming of highways in the County of Oxford. BY-LAW NO. 6003-2018 Being a By-law to adopt Amendment Number 218 to the County of Oxford Official Plan. BY-LAW NO. 6004-2018 Being a By-law to authorize the submission of an application to Ontario Infrastructure and Lands Corporation ("OILC") for financing certain ongoing capital works of the Corporation of the Township of Zorra; and to authorize long term borrowing for such works through the issue of debentures by County of Oxford (The "Upper-Tier Municipality") to OILC. BY-LAW NO. 6005-2018 Being a By-law to confirm all actions and proceedings of the Council of the County of Oxford at the meeting at which this By-law is passed. RESOLUTION NO. 17: Moved by: Marion Wearn Seconded by: Don McKay That the following By-laws be now read a first and second time: No. 6002-2018, No. 6003-2018, No. 6004-2018, and No. 6005-2018. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried

March 14, 2018 RESOLUTION NO. 18: Moved by: Marion Wearn Seconded by: Don McKay That the following By-laws be now given third and final reading: No. 6002-2018, No. 6003-2018, No. 6004-2018, and No. 6005-2018. DISPOSITION: Motion Carried 17. ADJOURNMENT: Council adjourns its proceedings until the next meeting scheduled for Wednesday, March 28, 2018 at 7:00 p.m. 12:48 a.m. Minutes adopted on by Resolution No.

WARDEN

CLERK

THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF NORWICH

March 14, 2018

Oxford County 21 Reeve Street, Box 1614, Woodstock, Ontario N4S 7Y3

Dear Warden Mayberry and County Councillors

Re: File No. OP 17-01-4 Owner(s): 1340828 Ontario Inc. Roll No.: 020-020-148, 020-020-020

At the Council meeting held on Tuesday March 13, 2018, the Council of the Township of Norwich passed the following resolution:

"That the Township of Norwich support the application to amend the Oxford County Official Plan, submitted by 1340828 Ontario Inc., File OP 17-01-4, for lands described as Lots 113, 116, 118, Part Lots 93-98, 119, Plan 745 and Part 1, 41R-6025 (Village ofNorwich), Township ofNorwich, from 'Low Density Residential' to 'Medium Density Residential' to permit the develop of a variety of housing types, including: 15 single detached dwellings, 18 townhouse units and 120 apatiment units as well as a long-term care facility with a total of 45 beds."

Should you require any further information or clarification, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned.

Yours truly

43~~:s=t~'-~ Kimberley Armstrong U Deputy Clerk

cc. County of Oxford Community Planning (via email) [email protected]

The Corporation of The Township of Norwich --------~-----2_85_7_6_7_A~iq2ort Road, Norwich Ontario NOJ 1PO _________ _

Phone (519)468-241 0 Fax:(519)468-2414 www.norwich.ca

FARM ASSESSMENTS AND TAXES

Presented by Ben Le Fort, Senior Policy Analyst, OFA

Impacts on Property Tax Oxford County

In Oxford County Farmland CVA has increased by 87%

Residential values of Increased by just over 9.5%

Once New Assessments Phase in, increase in Farm Tax Burden is as follows:

Year % tax from farm $ increase in Farm Tax Burden

2016 6% -

2017 7.% $590K

2018 8.% $1.2M

2019 9% $1.7K

2020 9.9% $2.3m

Oxford County Farm Tax Burden 2001-2020

5.53%6.33%

5.86%4.72%

6%

9.90%

0.00%

2.00%

4.00%

6.00%

8.00%

10.00%

12.00%

Farm Tax Burden

WHAT IS FAIR AND REASONABLE?

Scenario 1 Adjusting Farm Tax Ratio to maintain 2017 share of levy (6.99%)

Year Farm taxes paid Farm

Increase ($)

Farm

Increase (%)

Residential

taxes paid

Residential

Increase ($)

Residential

Increase (%)

2016 $3,181,469 - - $34,176,721 - -

2017 $3,851,490 $670,021 21% $35,815,000 $1,638,279 4.8%

2018 $3,914,400 $62,910 1.6% $36,473,920 $658,920 1.84%

Scenario 2 Not Adjusting Farm Tax Ratio, Farm share of levy increases to 7.96%

Year Farm taxes

paid

Farm

Increase ($)

Farm

Increase (%)

Residential

taxes paid

Residential

Increase ($)

Residential

Increase (%)

2016 $3,181,469 - - $34,176,721 - -

2017 $3,851,490 $670,021 21% $35,815,000 $1,638,279 4.8%

2018 $4,457,600 $606,110 15.75% $36,002,400 $187,400 0.52%

Is this Request Fair and Reasonable?

OCFA’s ask (scenario 1) would limit farm tax increases to 23% over the first 2 years of the assessment cycle

This would result in residential taxes increasing by 6.7% over the same 2 year period.

Tax ratio required to achieve this outcome 0.212

If council keeps the farm tax ratio at 0.212 for the remainder of this assessment cycle farm taxes will rise another 30+% over 2019 & 2020 tax years

Leaving the farm ratio at 0.25 (scenario 2) will result in farm taxes increasing by more than 40% over the first 2 years of the assessment cycle

This would result in residential taxes increasing by 5.3% over the same 2 year period.

Farm Tax Ratio Required in Oxford County

For Farm Property Owners to maintain the current proportion of tax Burden (7% of Tax) would require the following adjustments to Tax Ratios over time.

2017: 0.21

2018: 0.212

2019: 0.19

2020: 0.17

Note this is not a tax break, farm property owners will still be paying more taxes each year, they will simply be paying the same proportion of taxes.

Report No: PHES 2018-07

PUBLIC HEALTH & EMERGENCY SERVICES Council Date: March 28, 2018

Page 1 of 4

To: Warden and Members of County Council

From: Director, Public Health & Emergency Services

Renewal of On-Site Sewage System Management Agreements with Area Municipalities – Building Code Part 8

RECOMMENDATIONS 1. That County Council authorize the Chief Administrative Officer, and Director,

Public Health & Emergency Services to execute the Sewage System Management Agreements for services related to on-site sewage systems and land control between the County of Oxford and participating area municipalities for a period of two (2) years under a revised fee schedule as set out in Report No. PHES 2018-07;

2. And further, that Schedule “A” to By-law No. 4889-2007, being a by-law to impose fees and charges for services that the County of Oxford provides that are not covered through direct taxation of its ratepayers, be amended.

REPORT HIGHLIGHTS The participating area municipalities pursuant to Section 6.2(1) of the Building Code Act,

1992, have delegated Public Health the authority to administer and enforce the Act and Part 8 of the Ontario Building Code with respect to on-site sewage systems with a capacity of less than 10,000 litres per day.

The report includes amended Sewage System Management Agreements between the County of Oxford and participating eight area municipalities under a revised fee structure.

The new two year term of the contract will expire on April 8, 2020.

Implementation Points Pursuant to Section 6.2(1) of the Building Code Act, 1992, the Sewage System Management Agreements have been ratified by the participating Municipal Councils and thereby have delegated Public Health the authority to administer and enforce the Act and Part 8 of the Ontario Building Code. Pending approval from County Council, authorized signatories will execute the agreements for implementation effective April 9, 2018. Certified copies of the agreements will be delivered to the participating area municipalities.

Financial Impact There are no financial implications beyond what has already been approved in the 2018 operating budget. It should be noted; however, that the 2018 operating budget was prepared based on the participation of all eight area municipalities.

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Portals/15/Documents/Finance/2015/Fees-and-charges-2015.pdf#page=2

https://www.ontario.ca/laws/statute/92b23#BK13

https://www.ontario.ca/laws/statute/92b23#BK13



Page 2 of 4

Fees and implementation schedule:

Permit Category 2018 as of April 9th

($ Change) 2019

2020 ending April 8th

A. Daily Sewage Flow not exceeding 10,000 Litres /day (Class 4, 5)

$795 ($0) $810 $825

B. Class 2 System (Leaching Pit) $250 ($0) $250 $250

C. Class 3 System (Cesspool) $250 ($0) $250 $250

D. Class 4 - Tank replacement $250 ($0) $300 $300

E. Leaching bed material alteration or repair

$550 (NEW) $550 $550

F. Change of Use Permit $340 ($0) $340 $340

G. Performance Level Review (file and site inspection)

$227 + HST ($0) $227 + HST $227 + HST

H. Site Review Assessment (site inspection)

$100 + HST ($0) $100 + HST

$100 + HST

I. Subdivision (per lot to maximum $1,500.00)

$100 ($20) $100 $100

J. Severance/Minor Variance/Zoning (per lot)

$125 ($25) $125 $125

K. File Search $170 ($0) $170 $170

L. Urgent File Search (Mortgage Appraisal less than 2 weeks)

$220 ($0) $220 $220

M. Phase I - Maintenance $175 (NEW) $175 $175

N. Phase II - Maintenance Inspection

$175 (NEW) $175 $175

The Treasurer has reviewed this report and agrees with the financial impact information.

Risks/Implications All rights and obligations of the County of Oxford under this Agreement shall be transferred to the Oxford Elgin St. Thomas Board of Health effective upon the date which the planned amendments to Regulation 553 (“Areas Comprising Health Units”) under the Health Protection and Promotion Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. H.7, as amended, come into force.



Page 3 of 4

Strategic Plan (2015-2018) County Council adopted the County of Oxford Strategic Plan (2015-2018) at its regular meeting held May 27, 2015. The initiative contained within this report supports the Values and Strategic Directions as set out in the Strategic Plan as it pertains to the following Strategic Directions:

1. ii. A County that Works Together – Enhance the quality of life for all of our citizens by:

- Implementing a healthy community strategy

3. ii. A County that Thinks Ahead and Wisely Shapes the Future – Implement development policies, land uses and community planning guidelines that:

- Actively promote the responsible use of land

3. iii. A County that Thinks Ahead and Wisely Shapes the Future - Demonstrated commitment to sustainability by:

- Ensuring that all significant decisions are informed by assessing all options with regard to the community, economic and environmental implications including:

o Responsible environmental leadership and stewardship o Supporting the community implementation of the Community Sustainability Plan

4. ii. A County that Informs and Engages - Inform the public about County programs, services and activities through planned communication that includes:

- Regular County-Area Municipal information exchange

DISCUSSION

Background In 1998, when the on-site sewage system program regulations were transferred from the Environmental Protection Act to the Building Code Act, Public Health entered into an agreement with the area municipalities of Oxford County to continue providing related services. Public Health continues to view the on-site sewage system program as an important public health function due to its alignment with public health programs mandated under the Health Protection and Promotion Act, specifically, safe water and health hazard management. The Sewage System Management Agreements with the eight area municipalities which defines the services and fees expires on April 8, 2018. County staff worked closely with Senior Administration from each of the eight area municipalities to assist in the renewal and revision of the Sewage System Management Agreements under a revised fee structure.

Comments The revised agreements have been reviewed by each of the area municipalities and subsequently ratified by the participating Municipal Councils and thereby have delegated Public Health the authority to administer and enforce the Act and Part 8 of the Ontario Building Code as prescribed by Section 6.2(1) of the Building Code Act, 1992. The revised agreements provide



Page 4 of 4

assurances with respect to services of Public Health, fees, liability and insurance, term and termination of agreement. The new term of the contract will expire on April 8, 2020. The revised agreements have been reviewed by the County’s Corporate Services Department. An example of a Sewage System Management Agreement executed with each municipality is attached to this report (Attachment 1). The financial management of the on-site sewage systems program operates on a fee structure which is based on cost recovery of services provided. Under the Ontario Building Code Act, the total amount of the fees authorized must not exceed the anticipated reasonable costs of the principle authority to administer and enforce the Act in its area of jurisdiction. A fee structure is being proposed to cover the anticipated costs over the next two years. The proposed fee structure is depicted in Schedule A of the Sewage System Management Agreement.

Conclusions The revised agreements reflect a collaborative and reasonable approach to the administration and enforcement of Part 8 Sewage Systems under the Ontario Building Code. The revised agreements have been ratified by the participating Municipal Councils; and therefore, staff recommends County Council approval of the agreements.

SIGNATURES

Report Author: Original signed by Peter Heywood Manager, Health Protection

Departmental Approval: Original signed by Lynn Beath Director, Public Health & Emergency Services

Approved for submission:

Original signed by

Peter M. Crockett, P.Eng. Chief Administrative Officer

ATTACHMENT Attachment 1 Sewage System Management Agreement, February 13, 2018

PHES 2018-07 Attachment 1

SEWAGE SYSTEM MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN

COUNTY OF OXFORD AND [INSERT NAME OF MUNICIPALITY] February 13, 2018

2....

SEWAGE SYSTEM MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT This Agreement dated as of the day of BETWEEN:

COUNTY OF OXFORD (hereinafter called “Public Health”), or any subsequent assigns including the County of Oxford

OF THE FIRST PART -AND-

[INSERT MUNICIPALITY HERE] (hereinafter called the “Municipality”) OF THE SECOND PART

WHEREAS this Sewage System Management Agreement (hereinafter called the “Agreement”) is being entered into pursuant to Section 6.2 (1) of the Building Code Act, 1992, as amended (hereinafter called the “Act”), for the purpose of delegating to Public Health certain responsibilities under the Act and the Building Code, as they are from time to time amended, as set out herein with respect to sewage systems (with a capacity of less than 10,000 litres per day);

NOW THEREFORE IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE ONE GENERAL Section 1.01 Application: This Agreement shall be applicable to all lands where no municipal sewers are readily available in the Municipality (hereinafter called the “Lands”). Section 1.02 Duties: The Department of Public Health & Emergency Services for County of Oxford herein known as Public Health shall faithfully carry out its duties hereunder in accordance with the Act and the Building Code in force from time to time, this Agreement, and any other legislation contemplated hereunder. Section 1.03 Public Health has the expertise to provide to the Municipality the services identified

3....

in this Agreement. Section 1.04 The parties acknowledge that the Chief Building Official and Inspectors of the Municipalities appointed under Sections 3 and 4 of the Act shall not exercise their powers under the Act in respect to sewage systems while this Agreement is in effect. Section 1.05 This Agreement may, by mutual agreement, be amended in writing from time to time, to reflect changes in the programs of the parties to the Agreement, and/or as a result of changes in legislation or provincial policies, and/or as a result of subsequent discussions between the parties. Section 1.06 Schedules A to D form part of this Agreement. ARTICLE TWO DEFINITIONS Section 2.01 In this Agreement,

(i) “Director” means the Director of the Department of Public Health & Emergency Services for County of Oxford.

(ii) “Sewage System” means any works for the collection, transmission, treatment and

disposal of sewage or any part of such works to which the Act applies with a capacity of less than 10,000 litres which is not owned and operated by the Crown, a municipality, or an organization acceptable to the Director responsible for issuing a Certificate of Approval under the Water Resources Act.

(iii) “Inspector” means an inspector appointed under the Building Code Act, 1992, as

amended; and Section 5.01 of this Agreement.

ARTICLE THREE SERVICES OF PUBLIC HEALTH Section 3.01 Services: Public Health shall provide the following services in relation to the Lands:

(i) Must carry out an inspection of land which is planned to be divided by severance where no municipal sewage services are proposed to ensure that each lot will be suitable for the installation of a Sewage System.

(ii) Inspection of properties prior to the issuance of a permit for the construction,

installation, establishment, enlargement, extension or alteration of a Sewage

4....

System. (iii) Following the issuance of a permit, inspection, and reinspection when necessary,

of Sewage System installations to ascertain compliance with the permit and other requirements under the Act or Building Code.

(iv) Maintenance inspections pursuant to a mandatory maintenance inspection

program to ascertain compliance with the standards prescribed under the Act.

(v) Land inspections to determine the acceptability of applications for Minor Variances or lot line adjustments, as they relate to existing and proposed Sewage Systems, and review of official plans, zoning by-laws, and amendments to ensure compliance with provisions of the Act and Building Code relating to Sewage Systems.

(vi) Issue permits under the Act and Building Code relating to Sewage Systems (a

“Permit”).

(vii) Receive and process applications and requests related to activities listed in paragraphs (i) through (v) of this Section.

(viii) Provide reports and comments on Minor Variances and Severances directly to the

appropriate planning authority.

(ix) Review planning documents including, but not limited to, subdivision proposals, draft official plans, and proposed amendments, to ensure compliance with provisions of the Act and Building Code relating to Sewage Systems.

(x) Attend meetings of the Municipal Council and its committees to discuss matters

relating to any provisions of the Act or Building Code relating to Sewage Systems.

(xi) Maintain adequate records of all documents and other materials used in

performing the duties required under this Agreement. (xii) Upon reasonable notice by the Municipality, provide reasonable access to the

Municipality of all records kept under Part 8 of the Building Code.

(xiii) Consult with various groups regarding compliance with provisions of the Act and Building Code relating to Sewage Systems.

(xiv) Facilitate responses to inquiries relative to Sewage System records made by any

person under the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act and related Regulations, as amended from time to time, or through any other legal channel, in consultation with the Legislative Services Coordinator for the County

5....

of Oxford.

(xv) Investigate complaints and malfunctioning Sewage Systems, undertake compliance counseling and preparation of reports for abatement action as it relates to existing and proposed Sewage Systems.

(xvi) Issue orders under the Act relating to Sewage Systems. (xvii) Prepare documentation necessary for prosecution activities relating to Sewage

Systems under the Act and the Building Code. Administer proceedings relating to Sewage Systems pursuant to the Provincial Offences Act, R.S.O. 1990, c .P.33.

(xviii) Public Health shall provide all forms necessary for the administration of this

Agreement.

(xix) Any other matters related to the administration or enforcement of the Act or Building Code relating to Sewage Systems.

(xx) Public Health, for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of the Act

and the Regulations and for carrying out the powers and duties under the Act, shall collect statistical and other information and keep such records in accordance with the provisions of the County of Oxford’s Records Retention By-law. The Municipality may require information from Public Health concerning the administration of the Act and Regulations as they pertain to Sewage Systems and statistical and other information relevant to the quality of the environment. Public Health will provide such information from time to time in a form stipulated by the Municipality to enable the Municipality to combine this data with data from other parts of the province.

ARTICLE FOUR FEES Section 4.01 Collection of Fees: Public Health shall collect and retain all fees, as set out in Schedule A, payable by any person for work performed by Public Health hereunder as compensation for its services provided hereunder and all persons required to pay any such fee shall pay the fee to Public Health. Section 4.02 Amendment of Fee Schedule: Public Health shall have the sole discretion, acting reasonably, to amend the fees as set out in Schedule A from time to time and shall give notice to the Municipality of any such change. Section 4.03 The Municipality shall provide assistance, subject to availability of resources, with respect to prosecutions, appeals, and other matters that come before municipal tribunals or

6....

tribunals under the Act and Regulations. ARTICLE FIVE INSPECTORS Section 5.01 Qualifications: An Inspector must be qualified in accordance with the requirements of Section 15.11 of Act and only people meeting one of the following qualifications shall be employed by Public Health as an Inspector for the purposes of this Agreement:

(a) Certificate in Public Health Inspection (b) Certified Engineering Technologist or equivalent.

Section 5.02 Appointment: The Director shall be responsible for the appointment of all Inspectors and shall issue a certificate of appointment bearing his or her signature, or a facsimile of it, to each Inspector appointed by Public Health. ARTICLE SIX LIABILITIES AND INSURANCE Section 6.01 Liability of County of Oxford: County of Oxford shall indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from and against all claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits or proceedings by whomsoever made, brought or prosecuted in any manner based upon, arising out of, related to, occasioned by, or attributable to the activities of Public Health in executing any work under this Agreement. Section 6.02 Insurance: For the term of this Agreement, County of Oxford will, at its expense, maintain liability insurance contracts of a nature, in the amounts, and containing the terms and conditions, if any, it considers necessary. ARTICLE SEVEN TERM AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT Section 7.01 Term: This Agreement shall continue in force for a period of two years commencing April 9, 2018 and ending April 8, 2020. Section 7.02 Termination: Either party may terminate this Agreement upon 90 days written notification.

7....

ARTICLE EIGHT

MISCELLANEOUS Section 8.01 Preamble: The preamble to this Agreement (the “Preamble”) shall be deemed to form an integral part of the Agreement and the parties agree that recitals set out in the Preamble are true. Section 8.02 Gender: Whenever the singular form is used in this Agreement and, when required by the context, the same shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders. Section 8.03 Amendments: This Agreement shall not be changed, modified, terminated or discharged in whole or in part except by instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, or their respective successors or permitted assigns, or otherwise as provided herein. Section 8.04 Assignment: Subject to Section 8.04 a, this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party hereto without the written consent of the other party being first obtained. Section 8.05 Transfer of all Rights and Obligations to Oxford Elgin St. Thomas Board of Health: Notwithstanding section 8.04, both parties hereby acknowledge and agree that effective on the date upon which planned amendments to Regulation 553 (“Areas Comprising Health Units”) under the Health Protection and Promotion Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. H.7, as amended, come into force, which amendments will bring into effect the merger of the Oxford County Board of Health and the Elgin St. Thomas Board of Health Board of Health through the establishment of the Board of Health for the Oxford Elgin St. Thomas Health Unit (“Oxford Elgin St. Thomas Board of Health”), all rights and obligations of the County of Oxford under this Agreement shall be transferred to the Oxford Elgin St. Thomas Board of Health. The parties further acknowledge and agree that as of that date all rights and obligations under this Agreement shall be legally binding upon the Municipality and the Oxford Elgin St. Thomas Board of Health. Section 8.06 Notices: Any notice, report or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing unless some other method of giving such notice, report or other communication is expressly accepted by the party to whom it is given and shall be given by being delivered or mailed to the following addresses of the parties respectively:

(a) To Public Health:

County of Oxford Public Health & Emergency Services 410 Buller Street Woodstock, Ontario N4S 4N2 Attention: Lynn Beath, Director of Public Health & Emergency Services

8....

(b) To the Municipality:

[INSERT MUNICIPALITY] [INSERT ADDRESS] Attention: Clerk

Any notice, report or other written communication, if delivered, shall be deemed to have been given or made on the date on which it was delivered to any employee of such party or, if mailed postage prepaid, shall be deemed to have been given or made on the third business day following the date on which it was mailed (unless at the time of mailing or within forty-eight hours thereof there shall be a strike, interruption or lock-out in the Canadian postal service, in which case service shall be by way of delivery only). Either party may at any time give notice in writing to the other party of the change of its address for the purpose of this Section. Section 8.07 Headings: The section headings hereof have been inserted for the convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning, construction, or effect of this Agreement. Section 8.08 Governing Law: The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario as at the time in effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the ____day of ____________________,2018.

COUNTY OF OXFORD

Peter M. Crockett, P.Eng., Chief Administrative Officer

Lynn Beath, Director of Public Health and Emergency Services

[INSERT MUNICIPALITY HERE]

Signatory

9....

Signatory

10....

SCHEDULE “A” Sewage System Management Agreement Fee Structure Sewage System Building Permit Categories

A. Daily Sewage Flow not exceeding 10,000 Litres /day (Class 4, 5) $795.00 B. Class 2 System (Leaching Pit) $250.00 C. Class 3 System (Cesspool) $250.00 D. Class 4 - Tank replacement $250.00 E. Leaching bed material alteration or repair $550.00 F. Change of Use Permit $340.00 G. Performance Level Review (file and site inspection) $227.00 + HST H. Site Review Assessment (site inspection) $100.00 + HST

Land Control Reviews

I. Subdivision (per lot to maximum $1,500.00) $100.00 J. Severance/Minor Variance/Zoning (per lot) $125.00

Services

K. File Search $170.00 L. Urgent File Search (Mortgage Appraisal less than 2 weeks) K + $50.00

Mandatory Maintenance Inspection Program

M. Phase I - Maintenance $ 175.00 N. Phase II - Maintenance Inspection $ 175.00

Schedule of Fees--2018-2020 Permit Category 2018* 2019 2020** ______ A $795 $810 $825 D $250 $300 $300

*as of April 9th, 2018

11....

** Ends April 8th, 2020

SCHEDULE “B” Forms Form 1 Application for Sewage System Building Permit

i. Plans and Specifications for a Sewage System ii. Application for a Permit to Construct or Demolish

iii. Worksheet A: Daily Sewage Flow Calculation iv. Worksheet B: Fixture Unit Count v. Worksheet C: Site Plan Evaluation

vi. Worksheet D: Leaching Bed Calculations vii. Worksheet E: Cross Sectional Drawings

viii. Declaration of Soil Analysis – Native Soil ix. Leaching Bed Fill Certification x. Agent Authorization

Form 2 Application for Performance Level Review and Change of Use Permit Form 3 Site Review Assessment (Site Inspection) Form 4 Notice of Completion Form 5 Orders (various types)

12....

SCHEDULE “C”

List of Plans or Working Drawing to accompany applications for permits 1) The Site Plan 2) Sewage System Drawing 3) Soils Report or Percolation Results Report 4) Leaching Bed Fill Certification

13....

SCHEDULE “D” Refunds Status of Percentage of Fees Permit Application Eligible for Refund 1) Application filed. 80% No processing or review of plans submitted 2) Application filed. Plans reviewed and permit issued 60% 3) Additional deduction for each field inspection that had been performed 30% 4) Permits valued at less than $100.00 0% Note: Percentages shown are examples only and are not intended to be representative

Report No: CP 2018-78

COMMUNITY PLANNING Council Date: March 28, 2018

Page 1 of 14


From: Director, Community Planning

Application for Official Plan Amendment OP17-02-3 – 1340828 Ontario Inc.

RECOMMENDATIONS 1. That Oxford County Council approve application OP17-02-3, submitted by 1340828

Ontario Inc., to amend the Official Plan to re-designate the portion of the subject lands currently designated Low Density Residential to Medium Density Residential, with a site specific policy to permit a mix of single-detached, townhouse and apartment dwellings, a community centre and a long-term care facility on lands described as Lots 113, 116, 119 & Part Lots 93-98, 119, Plan 745 and Part 1 41R-6025;

2. And further, that Council approve the attached Amendment No. 217 to the County

of Oxford Official Plan; 3. And further, that the necessary by-law to approve Amendment No. 217 be raised.

REPORT HIGHLIGHTS The application for Official Plan amendment proposes to re-designate the subject lands from

Low Density Residential to Medium Density Residential to permit a variety of housing types, including 15 single detached dwellings, 18 townhouse units and 120 apartment units.

A site specific policy for the subject lands has also been requested to permit a community center and a long-term care facility with a total of 45 beds.

An additional site specific policy is recommended that will permit the severance of residential

lots on lands located to the south of the subject lands, which will front on the private access to the larger development (the said private access formerly being a municipal road allowance).

Implementation Points This application will be implemented in accordance with the relevant policies contained in the Official Plan.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 2 of 14

Financial Impact The approval of this application will have no financial impact, beyond what has been approved in the current year’s budget. The Treasurer has reviewed this report and agrees with the financial impact information. Risks/Implications There are no risks or other implications anticipated as a result of this application, beyond those that can reasonably be expected for any such proposal with respect to potential appeals to the Ontario Municipal Board. Strategic Plan (2015-2018) County Council adopted the County of Oxford Strategic Plan (2015-2018) at its regular meeting of May 27, 2015. The initiative contained within this report supports the Values and Strategic Directions as set out in the Strategic Plan as it pertains to the following: 1. ii. A County that Works Together – Enhance the quality of life for all of our citizens by:

- Maintaining and strengthening core infrastructure, including affordable housing and fibre optic systems infrastructure

- Ensuring a full range of housing type and density options - Implementing a healthy community strategy - Adapting programs, services and facilities to reflect evolving community needs - Working with community partners and organizations to maintain / strengthen public

safety - Promoting community participation and life-long involvement in recreational and cultural

activities

3. ii. A County that Thinks Ahead and Wisely Shapes the Future – Implement development policies, land uses and community planning guidelines that:

- Strategically grow our economy and our community - Actively promote the responsible use of land and natural resources by focusing on higher

density options before considering settlement boundary expansions - Provides a policy framework which supports community sustainability, health and well-

being - Supports healthy communities within the built environment - Supports and protects a vibrant and diversified agricultural industry

DISCUSSION Background Owner: Harvey Vanegdom

1340828 Ontario Inc. P.O. Box 689, Norwich ON, N0J 1P0

Report No: 2018-78


Page 3 of 14

Applicant: Marty Dendekker P.O. Box 689, Norwich ON, N0J 1P0 Agent: Dickson & Hicks Architects Inc. 45 Mill Street, Orangeville ON, L9W 2M4 Location: The subject lands are legally described as Lots 113, 116, 118, Part Lots 93 – 98, 119, Plan 745 & Part 1, 41R-6025 (North Norwich), Township of Norwich. The lands are located on the north side of Main Street West, east of Centre Street in the Village of Norwich. County of Oxford Official Plan: Existing: Schedule ‘N-2’ Village of Norwich Land Use Plan Low Density Residential Medium Density Residential Open Space Schedule ‘C-2’ County of Oxford Development Constraints Plan Erosion Hazard (portions of the Open Space lands) Proposed: Schedule ‘N-2’ Village of Norwich Land Use Plan

Medium Density Residential (with a site specific policy to permit a long-term care facility and community centre) Open Space

Township of Norwich Zoning By-law No. 07-2003-Z:

Existing Zoning: ‘Development Zone (D)’

Proposed Zoning: ‘Special Residential Type 3 Zone (R3-sp)’ & ‘Open Space Zone (OS)’ Proposal:

An application for amendment to the Official Plan has been received to re-designate the subject lands from Low Density Residential to Medium Density Residential to permit a variety of housing types, including 15 single detached dwellings, 18 townhouse units and 120 apartment units. A site specific policy has also been requested to permit a community center and a long-term care facility with a total of 45 beds. It is proposed that this development will be marketed toward seniors and the residences will be a life-lease tenancy arrangement, operated and maintained by the owner. It is further proposed that the community centre will be mainly available for residents of the development for private gathering space.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 4 of 14

The Council of the Township of Norwich has approved, in principle, a zone change to rezone the subject lands from ‘Development Zone (D)’ to ‘Special Residential Type 3 Zone (R3-sp)’ and ‘Open Space Zone (OS)’ to implement the proposed development and to delineate the location of the existing floodplain area on the subject lands. The proposed ‘R3-sp’ zoning will permit the use of the property for a long-term care facility, as well as a range of dwelling types, and will include special provisions for parking and building setbacks. The subject lands are approximately 6.2 ha (15.3 ac) in area and are currently vacant. The subject lands have approximately 17 m (55.7 ft) of road access at Main Street, which is proposed to be used for emergency access purposes. It is proposed that the unopened portion of Elgin Street, which connects the subject lands to Centre Street, will be conveyed to the applicant as a private driveway, which will be used as the main ingress/egress for the development. The eastern portion of the subject lands have frontage on Main Street, but as this area is located within a floodplain, the construction of an entrance at this location is not feasible. Surrounding land uses are comprised mainly of low density residential development, with lands to the east designated Open Space, due to the presence of a tributary of the Big Otter Creek. Given this feature, a large portion of the property on the southeast side is located within the Long Point Region Conservation Authority’s Flood/Fill Regulated area. All development is proposed outside of this area. Plate 1, Location Map & Existing Zoning, indicates the location of the subject property and the existing zoning in the immediate vicinity. Plate 2, Aerial Map (2015) with Existing, provides an aerial view of the subject lands, as well as lands in the immediate area. Plate 3, Applicant’s Sketch, illustrates the layout of the proposed residential complex. Comments Provincial Policy Statement The 2014 Provincial Policy Statement (PPS) provides policy direction on matters of provincial interest related to land use planning and development. Under Section 3 of the Planning Act, where a municipality is exercising its authority affecting a planning matter, such decisions shall be consistent with all policy statements issued under the Act. Section 1.1.1 of the PPS states that healthy, liveable and safe communities are sustained by promoting efficient development and land use patterns which sustain the financial well-being of the Province and municipalities over the long term, as well as cost-effective development patterns to minimize land consumption and servicing costs. Section 1.1.2 states that sufficient land shall be made available to accommodate an appropriate range and mix of land uses to meet projected needs for the planning period. Within settlement areas, sufficient land shall be made available through intensification and redevelopment and, if necessary, designated growth areas.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 5 of 14

Further, the PPS directs that settlement areas shall be the focus of growth and development, and their vitality and regeneration shall be promoted. The PPS also provides that land use patterns within settlement areas shall be based on densities and a mix of land uses which efficiently use land and resources and existing infrastructure and public service facilities. A range of uses and opportunities for intensification and redevelopment should also be promoted where it can be accommodated in settlement areas. Section 1.4.3 states that planning authorities shall provide for an appropriate range and mix of housing types and densities to meet projected requirements for current and future residents by permitting and facilitating all forms of housing required to meet the social, health, and well-being requirements of current and future residents, including special needs requirements. The policies of Section 3.1 also direct that development shall generally be directed to areas outside of hazardous lands adjacent to rivers, streams and small inland lake systems which are impacted by flooding and/or erosion hazards and that the development of institutional uses, such as hospitals and long-term care homes shall not be permitted on hazard lands. Further, development and site alterations shall not be permitted within areas which may be rendered inaccessible to people and vehicles during times of flooding hazard and/or erosion hazard, but that development in these areas may be limited to uses such as passive non-structural uses which do not affect flood flows. Development or site alteration may be permitted in those portions of hazardous lands where the effects and risk to public safety are minor, could be mitigated in accordance with provincial standards and where all of the following are demonstrated:

development is carried out in accordance with appropriate flood proofing standards; vehicles and people have a way of safely entering and exiting the area during times of

flooding, erosion and other emergencies; new hazards are not created and existing hazards are not aggravated; no adverse environmental impacts will result.

Official Plan The subject lands are located in the Village of Norwich, which is a Serviced Village according to the Settlement Strategy Plan for the County of Oxford. Further, the lands are designated Low Density Residential, Medium Density Residential and Open Space according to the Village of Norwich Land Use Plan, as contained in the Official Plan. According to Section 2.1.1 of the Official Plan, in order to manage growth, it is a strategic initiative to ensure designated settlements are developed with efficient land use patterns and densities to minimize land consumption, to control infrastructure costs and to limit growth pressure in rural areas. Section 4.1 of the Plan further states that the County shall aim to ensure existing designated land supplies and infrastructure be efficiently utilized, including achievement of intensification targets, prior to designating new areas for growth. Section 4.2.2.4 directs that Serviced Villages are settlements characterized by a broad range of uses and activities which have been developed or are proposed for development on centralized waste water and water supply facilities. New development in the Serviced Villages shall be fully serviced by centralized waste water and water supply facilities.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 6 of 14

Section 6.2.1 also states that compact urban form and residential infilling shall be promoted in all rural settlement areas, where appropriate, given the level of infrastructure available. This section further states that the development of residential facilities that meet the housing needs of persons requiring special care is an objective of the Official Plan and that the concept of compact urban form and residential infilling shall be promoted. This includes various forms of residential intensification, where appropriate, taking into account public service facilities, infrastructure, environmental features and compatibility with existing development. Residential growth in Serviced Village designations will be encouraged to be accommodated through intensification in existing built up areas as a first priority. The applicants have requested an amendment to the Official Plan to re-designate the subject lands from Low Density Residential to Medium Density Residential to accommodate the proposed development. Medium Density Residential areas are those lands within the Serviced Village that are primarily developed or planned for low profile, multiple unit development that exceeds the density established for Low Density Residential areas. Uses permitted within the Medium Density designation include all forms of townhouses, cluster houses, converted dwellings and low rise apartment buildings. Net residential density for lands designated Medium Density Residential shall be between 22 – 50 units per hectare (9-20 units per acre), and no building shall exceed four storeys in height at grade. In order that lands can be considered for re-designation to Medium Density Residential, the Official Plan provides a number of criteria to aid Council in their decision making, including the following;

sites will abut a major road such as a County Road or Provincial Highway or will be situated such that movements from the site do not flow through any adjoining Low Density Residential area;

sites will be in close proximity to community serving facilities such as schools, shopping facilities and recreational and open space areas;

the proposal shall be fully serviced by centralized water and waste water facilities and storm sewers, power and gas distribution facilities will be available to accommodate the proposed development;

stormwater run-off from the proposal will be adequately controlled and will not negatively affect adjacent properties;

the size, configuration and topography of the site is such that there is sufficient flexibility in site design to mitigate adverse impacts on the amenities and character of any adjacent Low Density Residential areas through adequate buffering and screening;

the location of vehicular access points and the likely impacts of traffic generated by the proposal on adjacent streets has been assessed and is acceptable;

adequate off-street parking and outdoor amenity areas can be provided; the effect of the proposed development on environmental resources or the effect of

environmental constraints on the proposed development will be addressed and mitigated. The Plan also provides policies with respect to site plan design, and states that in order to ensure that multiple unit residential development provides a high quality of life for residents and that design standards are applied consistently, design considerations are to include;

variations in building and roof lines;

Report No: 2018-78


Page 7 of 14

privacy and shadowing; energy efficient designs; barrier free designs; topographic considerations; number and location of parking areas as well as parking screening and shading and the

inclusion of visitor parking; access and integration of surrounding developments, including appropriate driveway

widths; pedestrian facilities such as sidewalk with barrier free design; landscaping, including the retention of existing vegetation and suitability of plant species; play space areas including the requirement for adequate space for play activities for pre-

school age children, and communal open space areas including seating, gardens and grassed areas;

operational facilities and utilities such as garbage and recycling, utility metres, access corridors, stormwater management and fire hydrants;

safety and comfort considerations such as lighting, signage, traffic speed and emergency access.

The applicants are also proposing to include a site specific policy for the subject lands to allow for the development of a long-term care facility. Long term-care facilities are permitted on lands designated as Institutional and are typically considered to be major institutional uses. The Official Plan provides the following evaluation criteria used when considering proposals to establish new major institutional uses. Such criteria includes;

compatibility with surrounding land uses, having regard for proposed height, setbacks, parking requirements, coverage, scale and layout of buildings;

the potential traffic from the proposed use on the public road system and surrounding land uses and any necessary functional transportation improvements required to support the use;

consistency with environmental policies; the development shall be serviced by a centralized water and waste water facility;

Further, site plan control will be required for all major institutional uses to consider such design considerations as building orientation and landscaping, parking and loading areas, mechanical equipment storage and garbage facilities, lighting, access, pedestrian movement and barrier free design and adequate servicing including appropriate stormwater management. The southeast area of the subject lands designated as Open Space in the Official Plan. Lands designated as Open Space typically include regulatory floodplain and floodway lands, Conservation Authority owned lands, Earth Science Areas of Natural and Scientific Interest and/or parks, pathways, recreation areas and stormwater management facilities. It is the intent of the Plan to maintain ecological functions, conserve environmental areas and to provide opportunities for both active recreation and passive enjoyment of the environment in its natural state. Permitted uses within lands designated for Open Space include active and passive recreation and structures that are accessory or ancillary to the Open Space use.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 8 of 14

The Official Plan provides that where development or site alteration is proposed within lands designated as Open Space, an Environmental Impact Study may be required to demonstrate that the proposed development or use will not result in a negative impact. For guidance in determining whether an Environmental Impact Study is required, the County will consult with the Conservation Authority with jurisdiction, in this instance the Long Point Region Conservation Authority. This area of the subject lands has also been identified as an Erosion Hazard area in the Official Plan. Prior to permitting new development in areas identified as Erosion Hazard lands, Council shall be satisfied that potential erosion hazards can be avoided or acceptably mitigated. A geotechnical study shall be prepared to the satisfaction of the Conservation Authority having jurisdiction. For new development, the geotechnical study shall satisfy that the erosion hazard can be avoided and a geotechnical report shall be provided, and where the Conservation Authority is satisfied with such report, Council may consider proposed development to be in conformity with the Plan. It is noted that, as per comments received by the Long Point Region Conservation Authority, a geotechnical study will be required to facilitate the proposed development, with particular consideration had for the proposed apartment building and underground parking. This study will be prepared prior to the passing of an amending Zoning By-law and will dictate the exact location appropriate for the apartment buildings on the east side of the property. As there is no development proposed inside the area effected by the Open Space or Erosion Hazard area of the property, staff are satisfied that the proposed amendment to the Official Plan is acceptable in this regard. Township of Norwich Zoning By-law No. 7-2003-Z The subject lands are zoned ‘Development Zone (D)’ according to the Township of Norwich Zoning By-law. The ‘D’ Zone limits uses to farming, excluding the development of new buildings or structures, and permits existing single detached dwellings. This zone is intended to act as a holding zone until such time as a specific development proposal has been received and a comprehensive review has been undertaken. The Township of Norwich has approved, in principle, a zone change that will rezone the subject lands from ‘Development Zone’ to ‘Special Residential Type 3 Zone (R3-sp)’ and ‘Open Space Zone (OS)’. The pending zone change will permit the development of the proposed range of dwelling types, together with a community centre and a long-term care facility and will include a number of site specific provisions that will facilitate the proposed development, such as parking and setback requirements. The pending ‘OS’ zoning will have the effect of limiting development to those lands located outside of the regulated flood and erosion hazard area. Agency Comments The applications were reviewed by a number of public agencies considered to have an interest in the proposal. The following comments were received.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 9 of 14

The Long Point Region Conservation Authority has commented that portions of the subject lands are located within the 100 year floodplain of the Big Otter Creek, as well as the associated regulation limit. The 100 year floodplain elevation should be determined on-site through a topographic survey and all development, including parking and stormwater management, must be located beyond/above this elevation. This agency has commented that there are concerns with the potential impacts this development may have on stormwater drainage, soil erosion and sedimentation. In this regard, this agency recommends that a final lot grading, soil conservation and stormwater management plan be completed. To ensure a long term enhanced level of water quality for the site, the final stormwater management report should include a statement on the maintenance schedule of the facility. The LPRCA has commented that they have no concerns with the proposal, provided these issues are adequately addressed. Bell Canada has commented that prior to commencing any work, the applicant must confirm that sufficient wire-line communication/telecommunication infrastructure is available. The County of Oxford Public Health and Emergency Services Department have commented that the subject lands are located within a Well Head Protection area which may limit development for0 the property. It is noted that the applicant provided notice to, and has been given clearance by, the Risk Management Official (as per Section 59 of the Clean Water Act) for the proposed development. The County of Oxford Public Works Department provided a number of technical comments with respect to design and servicing issues including watermains, and flow rates; water metering; traffic impacts and water and wastewater capacity that will be addressed during the Site Plan Control process. The Township Chief Building Official has commented that the proposed long-term care building is considered to be a facility of care and treatment, as defined by the Zoning By-law, and would therefore be appropriately zoned as ‘Institutional Zone (I)’, but that the Zoning By-law’s definition of a “long-term care facility” is not in keeping with the current legislative requirements for such facilities (i.e. the Long Term Care Homes Act of Ontario). Given this, it is unclear as to what applicable law the long-term care facility may be required to comply with in the future. It is noted that “long-term care homes” as defined by the Long-Term Care Homes Act of Ontario require a joint operation agreement with the municipality (being either Oxford County or the Township) in order to be licensed under the Act. The Township Chief Building Official has stated that they don’t believe this to be intent of the applicant. With respect to the proposed apartment buildings, the proposal may constitute an “apartment dwelling” or a “multiple unit dwelling” for the purpose of compliance with the Zoning By-law, but it should be noted that a “retirement home”, as defined by the Retirement Homes Act of Ontario may also be considered as an apartment dwelling or a multiple unit dwelling. Given this, and where the proposal shows common areas associated with the apartment buildings where the intended use of those spaces is unknown, it is a cause for concern in ensuring that the appropriate zoning designation is reflected in the zoning amendment.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 10 of 14

Further, it is important to note that, under the provisions of the Retirement Homes Act and subject to the interpretation of the authority having jurisdiction, where portions of the apartment buildings or any other area or building proposed on the subject property are considered to constitute a “retirement home”, the apartments may be considered to be part of the care complex. If special uses, such as the inclusion of care for the proposed buildings are being considered by the applicant at this time than this department would suggest the inclusion of those provisions now in order to avoid future issues throughout the development process. The Township Fire Department, the Ontario Provincial Police have indicated that they have no concerns with the proposal. Township of Norwich Council The Township of Norwich Council passed a resolution recommending support of the proposed Official Plan amendment at their regular meeting on March 13, 2018. Public Consultation A notice of Complete Application and a notice of Public Meeting were circulated to the public and surrounding property owners on April 25, 2017 and February 27, 2018, respectively. One letter of concern was received from the neighbouring property owner to the south, located at 116 ½ Main Street West. Concerns outlined in this letter were with respect to the proposed conveyance of the unopened Elgin Street road allowance, which has been proposed as a private driveway for the development. This letter outlined concerns with respect to the loss of potential frontage for the rear portion of their property, which may have the result of limiting lot creation in the future. Planning Analysis The applicants are proposing a multi-use development that will include a range of dwelling types and densities, as well as a long-term care facility and a community building that will serve the residents of the development. The applicant has indicated that the tenure of the proposed use will be a private, life-lease tenancy arrangement which will be marketed toward senior citizens. Planning staff have reviewed the applicant’s request and are of the opinion that the proposal is consistent with the policy direction of the Provincial Policy Statement. Staff are of the opinion that as the proposal will provide for a range and mix of land uses that will have the effect of intensifying residential density in the core area of the serviced Village of Norwich, the proposal is consistent with the direction of the PPS. Staff are further satisfied that the proposal represents an efficient use of existing municipal infrastructure and will provide additional housing options for seniors, which also meets the definition of housing for special needs in the PPS.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 11 of 14

The subject lands are currently designated as Low Density Residential, with a small portion designated as Medium Density on the south portion of the property and a portion designated Open Space on the east side of the property. The applicants are proposing to redesignate the entire property (excepting the portion designated Open Space), to Medium Density Residential to facilitate the development of a seniors residential complex that will have a variety of housing types, including single detached dwellings, townhouses and four-storey apartment buildings. A site specific policy has also been requested for the extent of the subject lands to allow for a private long-term care facility, which is considered to be a major institutional use for the purposes of the County’s Official Plan. While amendments to the extent of the Open Space designation are not contemplated by this application, the owners will be required to undertake a geotechnical study and topographic survey to determine the extent of the floodway and the condition of the erosion hazard area to ensure that no development occurs within these features. At such time as the noted studies are completed to the satisfaction of the LPRCA and the extent of the floodplain and erosion hazard are identified, an amending Zoning By-law will be prepared to delineate the extent of the regulated lands. Planning staff are satisfied that the proposal is in keeping with the direction of the Official Plan respecting growth management, as the proposal represents efficient use of existing land inside a designated settlement area that will utilize existing infrastructure and land supplies efficiently while providing for a level of residential density which will assist the Township in meeting overall objectives in this regard. Further, the proposal represents compact urban form and infilling for the purposes of residential development for people requiring special care, which is an objective of the Plan, and the subject lands are located in close proximity to the downtown core, which will provide easy access to shopping facilities and other amenities for residents of the proposed development. In reviewing the development criteria for re-designation to Medium Density Residential, it is noted that the proposed development will be accessed primarily from Centre Street, a major road according to Schedule ‘N-2’ in the County Official Plan. This access will be via the Elgin Street road allowance, which is proposed to be closed and conveyed to the developer as a private access to the subject lands. A special policy has been included in the proposed amendment that will permit the lands immediately south of this access (being the rear portion of the lands located at 116 ½ Main Street West) to be eligible for severance with frontage on a private road, subject to approval from the County Land Division Committee and the establishment of appropriate access and maintenance agreements between land owners. The private access over the Elgin Street road allowance will also include easements in favour of the Township and County for service maintenance purposes. An additional access to the property from Main Street will be established to provide alternative access to the lands for emergency purposes. Any additional entrances on the east side of the property onto Main Street are not feasible given the nature of the area, being prone to flooding.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 12 of 14

A traffic impact study completed to the satisfaction of the Township and County will be provided by the applicant to determine the impact of any potential traffic issues that may arise from the proposed development. Any requirements identified through this process will be included as part of the Site Plan Approval process for the development. Planning staff have reviewed the applicants request and are of the opinion that the proposal is consistent with the intent of the Medium Density Residential designation in the Official Plan. The subject lands are approximately 6.2 ha (15.3 ac) in area and the proposal consists of a mix of dwelling unit types (15 single detached dwellings, 18 townhouse dwellings and 120 apartment dwellings) to achieve an overall density of approximately 24 units per hectare (10 units per acre), which is in keeping with the density target for lands designated Medium Density Residential. While the proposal is surrounded by lands designated Low Density Residential, the density proposed by the applicant represents a minor increase to the maximum density permitted on lands designated for Low Density Residential, which allows for a maximum of 22 units per hectare (9 units per acre). This, together with the proposed site design, which locates the higher density apartment buildings on the east side of the subject lands, will reduce the impact on adjacent residential uses. Given this, staff are satisfied that the integration of a medium density residential development is appropriate in this instance and it is expected to have little impact beyond what would reasonably be anticipated for a Low Density Residential development. Further, development of this nature, being a multi-use, medium density development, provides the Township with an opportunity to review the development for design elements associated with the Site Plan Approval process, which may not be applicable for low density residential development. This will give the Township an opportunity to review development considerations such as stormwater management, buffering and screening between neighbouring properties, parking and overall design features to aid in the functionality of the site. Further, staff are satisfied that the proposal contains sufficient opportunities for amenity space and communal open space areas with the inclusion of passive recreational opportunities on the lands designated Open Space, which is an objective of the Medium Density Residential designation. A portion of the subject lands are designated as Open Space due to the proximity of a tributary of the Big Otter Creek, east of the subject lands and the associated regulatory floodplain. This area has also been identified as an area of Erosion Hazard. The applicant is not proposing any development inside this area, with the exception of passive recreational space including a stormwater management pond, community gardens and a walking trail. The Long Point Region Conservation Authority has reviewed the proposed development and have commented that a final lot grading, soil conservation and stormwater management plan are required to be completed to ensure the long term enhancement of water quality for the site and the adjacent watercourse. These considerations will be included as part of the Site Plan Approval process. Further to this, a geotechnical study and a topographic survey will also be required prior to approval of the amending Zoning By-law. This will establish an accurate floodplain elevation line, from which the exact location for the proposed apartment buildings can be established.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 13 of 14

The Long Point Region Conservation Authority has commented that they have no objections to the proposal, provided the applicant adequately addresses these issues. Given this, staff are satisfied that an Environmental Impact Study is not required and the policy direction of the PPS and the Official Plan respecting the protection and preservation of environmental features can be maintained. A long-term care facility and a community building are also proposed for the development, which will include 45 beds for long-term care. It is proposed that the community building will be a common space for residents of the development, with limited use anticipated by the greater community. The Official Plan provides that long-term care facilities, which are considered to be major institutional uses, are only permitted on lands designated as Institutional. As such, it is proposed that a site specific policy be included to permit the proposed long-term care facility on the subject lands. With respect to the comments received from the neighbouring property owner at 116 ½ Main Street, it is noted that the conveyance of the unopened road allowance may or may not have provided the property owner with the opportunity to create new lots, as the opening of the Elgin Street Road allowance was not anticipated by the Township at this time. Notwithstanding this, it is recommended that a specific policy be included in the required Official Plan amendment that would permit the creation of future lots having frontage on the private driveway (owned by the applicant), subject to consent from the County Land Division Committee and subject to a private easement agreement between the property owners. Conclusions The subject lands are located within the Service Village of Norwich and the development of a mixed use residential complex with a range of housing types at a medium density scale is consistent with the relevant policies of the Provincial Policy Statement and the County Official Plan. The Council of the Township of Norwich has approved, in principle, an amendment to their Zoning By-law to permit the proposed development and all technical considerations with respect to servicing and stormwater management will be considered in greater detail through the Site Plan Approval process.

Report No: 2018-78


Page 14 of 14

In light of the foregoing, Planning staff are of the opinion that approval of the applicant’s request for Official Plan amendment and zone change are appropriate in this instance and can be given favourable consideration. SIGNATURES Report Author: Original Signed By Heather St. Clair Development Planner Departmental Approval: Original Signed By Gordon K. Hough, RPP Director of Community Planning Approved for submission: Original Signed By Peter M. Crockett, P.Eng. Chief Administrative Officer

ATTACHMENTS Attachment No. 1: Plate 1 – Location Map & Existing Zoning Attachment No. 2: Plate 2 – Aerial Map (2015) Attachment No. 3: Applicant’s Sketch Attachment No. 4: OPA No. 217

April 10, 2017

This map is a user generated static output from an Internet mapping site andis for reference only. Data layers that appear on this map may or may not be

accurate, current, or otherwise reliable. This is not a plan of survey

Legend

2050

Notes

NAD_1983_UTM_Zone_17N

102 Meters

Parcel Lines

Property Boundary

Assessment Boundary

Unit

Road

Municipal Boundary

Environmental Protection/Flood Overlay

Flood Fringe

Floodway

Environmental Protection (EP1)


Zoning Floodlines/Regulation Limit

100 Year Flood Line

30 Metre Setback

Conservation Authority Regulation Limit

Regulatory Flood And Fill Lines

Zoning (Displays 1:16000 to 1:500)

Attachment No. 1

rsmith

Polygon

egilbert

Text Box

Subject Lands

rsmith

Line

hstclair

Text Box

Plate 1: Location Map & Existing Zoning File Nos. OP17-02-3 & ZN1-17-08 - 1340828 Ontario Inc. Part of Lots 113, 116, 118, 93 - 98 & 119, Plan 745 (Village of Norwich), Township of Norwich

April 10, 2017

This map is a user generated static output from an Internet mapping site andis for reference only. Data layers that appear on this map may or may not be

accurate, current, or otherwise reliable. This is not a plan of survey

Legend

2050

Notes

NAD_1983_UTM_Zone_17N

102 Meters

Parcel Lines

Property Boundary

Assessment Boundary

Unit

Road

Municipal Boundary

Environmental Protection/Flood Overlay

Flood Fringe

Floodway



Zoning Floodlines/Regulation Limit

100 Year Flood Line

30 Metre Setback

Conservation Authority Regulation Limit

Regulatory Flood And Fill Lines

Zoning (Displays 1:16000 to 1:500)

Attachment No. 2

egilbert

Text Box

Subject Lands

rsmith

Polygon

hstclair

Text Box

Plate 2: Aerial Map (2015) with Existing Zoning File Nos. OP17-02-3 & ZN1-17-08 - 1340828 Ontario Inc. Lots 113, 116, 118, Part Lots 93 - 98, 119, Plan 745 & Part 1, 41R-6025 (Norwich), Township of Norwich

rsmith

Line

MHMH

MHMH

MHMH

MHMH

MH

MH

MH

MH

DCB

DCB

CB

DICB

CB

CB

CB

CB CB CBCB

CBCBCB

GRAVEL DRIVEWAY AND PARKING

LOT

GRAVEL

DRIVEWAY

GRAVELDRIVEWAY

CONCRETECURB

CONCRETECURB

CONCRETECURB

CONCRETECURB

EDGE OF

ASPHALT

EDGE OF

ASPHALT

EDGE OF

ASPHALT

UP

UPUP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP UP UP UP UP UP UP UP

UPUP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

TOP:262.90

TOP:262.59

FH

FH FHFH

CONCRETECULVERT

262.00

262.00

262.00

262.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

2 62.00

260.00

260.00

258.00

258.00

260.00

262.00

262.00

262.00

264.00

264.00

264.00

264.00

UPUP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

AERIAL HYDRO LINE

AERIAL HYDRO LINE

CEDAR HEDGE CENTER APPROXIMATELY ONLINE

CEDARS ONLINE

CEDAR

HEDGE

CEDAR

HEDGE

BASE OF GABION BASKETS ON LINECEDAR

HEDGE

LOT LIMIT CEDARS GENERALLY ONLINE

N 12°23'50" W

130.345

N 12°23'50" W

49.378

N78°33'30"E40.054

N77°46'15"E40.182

N12°01'25"W

51.650

N 76°41'00" E58.293

N 13°37'30" W

103.632

N 12°12'10" W

241.106

68.31635.814

N 12°11'10" W

47.534

N 78°07'30" E151.910

N12°31'10"W

35.326

40.480

N11°33' 50"W

15.088

N 78°02'30" E110.862

N64°50'45"

E

43.788

10.058

15.240

N 78°13'00" E256.370

N 78°13'00" E256.530

149.370 107.000

150.000 106.530

16.898

N 12°15'30" W

130.540

22.007

N12°02'00"W

39.877

N 76°50'25" E104.130

43.950 107.960

3.05

42.67255.49560.65539.929

N 78°07'30" E367.000

18.5821.86109.400

1.524

N15°20'45"W1.17

1.353

N 77°44'30 E77.900

15.240 62.661

114.663

15.088

96.115

N12°31'10"W

16.279

N 11°46'30" W

89.306

46.311

88.855

N 78°13'30" E110.642

2.515

17.831

N 78°13'30" E88.733N

12°02'00"W

20.848

17.894

N12°02'00"W

0.229

N78°13'30"E0.061

119.845

N12°02'00"W1.433

LOT LIMIT

NOFENCE

LOT LINE FENCE 0.7±NORTH

LOT LIMIT - FENCE 0.20

WEST

NOFENCENO

FENCE

LOTLIMIT LOT

LIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOTLIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

LOT

LIMIT

8.80

12.90

LIMIT OF PLAN

41M-254

LIMIT OF PLAN

955

SIBBF

BF

BF

BF BRICKWALL

BF BRICKWALL

BFSHED

SHED

SIB

IB

SIB

CPCPCPCPCPCP

SIB

CL CED 3.0WIDESIB

CL CEDARS3.0W

CALC

IB

SIBCEDARS

SIB CEDARSPWFCEDARSCEDARS

PWF PWFPWF

SIB

SIB

ASIB

CALC

IB

PWFINT

SIBSCALC

CALC

PWFTOB

TOB

TOB

RIBSIBSIBCALC

CALC

58 AS SSIBWIT

47 ASSIB

GABGAB

63 ASIBPWF

BFBF

AIAIPWF

PWFBF

66 ASIB

HPOW

HPOW

HPOW

HPOW

HPOW

HPOW

CALC

RIBRIB

CEDARSCEDARS

CEDARS PWFBOLT

SIB

SIB

CURB

CURBWIDE

BF

BFCLF

BFCLF

BF

GARAGEEAVE EAVEGARAGESHEDSHED

IBWITCALC

SIB

SIB

CALC

IB CALC

CALC CALC

CALC

MH MH

MH

MH

MH

CALC

CALC

CALC

CALCCALC

135

136

PWF

138

137

NAILSENAILSENAILSE

NAILSWNAILSW

CPMHCPMH

NAILNWNAILNW

NAILNENAILNE

AVERAGE

AVERAGE

AVERAGE

AVERAGE

AVERAGE

AVERAGE

AVERAGE

AVERAGE

AVERAGE

AVERAGE

AVERAGE

23

4

5 67

8

9

10

11

12

131415161718

20222324

25

26

27 282930

31 3233

34

3537

39

41 42

4446

48

51

52

53

54555657 5859

60

61626465

6768

707172 73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

858687 8889 93

94

102

105

107108

109

110111

112

113114 115116117 118

119120

121

122

123

125 126

127 128

129

130 131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138139

140

141

142

143

144

100110021003

10041005

10061007

10081009

10101011

1023

1024

1025

1026

1027

1028

1029

1030

1031

1032

1033

JUDGE'S PLAN 745

LOT

119

LOT 125

LOT 148

LOT 168

LOT 124

LOT 109

LO

T

110

LO

T

111

LO

T

113

LOT 112

LOT 108

LOT 107

LOT 106

LOT 117

LOT 115 LOT 114

LO

T 9

9

LO

T 9

8

LO

T 9

7

LO

T 9

6

LO

T 9

5

LO

T 9

4

LO

T 1

05

LO

T 1

04

LO

T 1

03

LO

T 1

02

LO

T 1

01

LO

T 1

00

LOT 93

LOT 91

LOT 92

LOT 90 LOT 89

LOT 88

LOT 87

LO

T

120

JUDGE'S PLAN 955

L

T 53

OT 54

58

LO

T 5

5

LO

T

121

LO

T

122

LO

T

123

LOT 118

POST AND WIREFENCE

POST AND WIRE FENCE ON

LINE

LOT

LIMIT

- POST AND WIRE FENCE GENERALLY ON

LINE

POST AND WIRE FENCE

POST AND WIRE FENCE

REMAINS OF POST AND WIREFENCE

P.I.N. 00064 -0259

P.I.N. 00064 -

0497

P.I.N. 00064 -

0498

P.I.N.00064-0260

P.I.N. 00064 -

0262

P.I.N. 00064 -0650

P.I.N.00064 - 0651

P.I.N. 00064 -0271

P.I.N. 00064 - 0447SEE REGISTERED PLAN 74515.088 WIDE

P.I.N. 00064 -0273

P.I.N.

00064 -

0659

P.I.N. 00064 -0658

P.I.N. 00064 -0275

P.I.N. 00064 -0677

P.I.N. 00064 -0286

P.I.N. 00064 -0514

P.I.N. 00064 -0293

P.I.N. 00064 -0163

P.I.N. 00064 -0163

P.I.N. 00064 - 0652(20.117 WIDE) SEE JUDGE'S PLANS 745 and 955ORIGINAL ROAD ALLOWANCE BETWEEN CONCESSIONS 4 and5

P.I.N. 00064 -0658

P.I.N. 00064 -0658

P.I.N. 00064 -0658

P.I.N.00064-0261

V

V

V

V V

V

VV

VV

V

V

VV

VV

V

V

V

V

V V

V V

V V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V V

V V

V V

V V VV V V

V

V

V

V V

V

V

V V

V VV

V

V V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

VV

VV

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

VV

VV

VV

VV

V

VV

V

V

V

V

V V

V

V

V

V

V

VV

V

V

V VV

V

V

V

VV

V

V

V

V

V

V

ORPAV

ORPBV

V

V

V

V

V V

V

V

V

V

V

(41R-7955 &

measured)

(P1 &Set)

(measured) (N76°42'E 104.089P1)(measured)(68.275

P1)

(measured)

(41R-4047 &measured)


(P1 &

measured)

(P1 &Set)

(P1 &measured)

(P2 &

measured)

(P1 & measured)(130.256

P2)

(P2 &meas)

(P3 &Set)

(P3 &measured)

(P1 &Set)

(measured)

(P7 &measured)

(P1 &measured)

(meas)(18.288P4)

(meas)(21.946P4)

(measured) (109.289 P1,P2)

(P1 &Set)

(meas)(N78°07'30"E 40.234

P4)(P7&meas)

(meas)(N12°19'30"W 1.22 P1)

(P7 &Set)

(P3 &measured)

(P3 &Set)

(P3 &measured)

(P3 &

measured)

(P3&Set)

(P3&Set)

(P3 &

Set)

(P3 &

Set)

(41R-3317 & measured) (N12°11'10"W

P1)

(P1 &

measured)

(measured) (N78°14'15"E 256.489P3)

(measured) (N78°14'15"E 256.456P3)

(P1 &

Set)

(P1 &

measured)

(P5 &

measured)



(P5 &

measured)

(P1 &

measured)

(P1 &measured)

(P6 &measured)

(P5 &measured)

(P5 &

meas)

(P5 &

Set)

(P5 &Set)

(P5 &meas)

(N12°18'00"W 51.816

P1)

(P1 &

meas)

(P5 &Set)

(P7 &

measured)

SIB

SIB

SIB

SIB

RIB(837)

SIB(837)

SIB(1375)

SIB (837)WIT

SIB(837)

IB(1268)

IB(1268)

SIB (1375)WIT

RIB(837)

SIB(1268)

IB(1268)

SIB(837)

SIB(837)

RIB(837)

IB (1268)WIT

SIB

SIBWIT

SIB (837)WIT

SIB(837)

SIB

(1268)

IB(837)

RIB

(837)

IB (996)FENCE 3.0 EAST

SIB (727)FENCE

0.25 SOUTH

IBFENCE 1.2 SOUTH

SIB

(1268)

SIB(837)

ANGLE IRON (OU)FENCE 0.7N, 0.2W

IBFENCE 0.7N

RIB

(US)

FENCE0.3S

FENCE0.3W, 1.3S

CURB

2.00

FENCE0.5E

LOT LIMIT CEDARS GENERALLY ONLINE

SSIB

LOT

LIMIT

SHED ON

LINE

FENCE ON

LINE

LOT

LIMIT

NO

FENCE

REMAINS OF POST AND WIRE FENCE ON

LINE

SSIBWIT

SIB(837)

SIB (837)DISTRUBED

IB (1268)WIT

SIB(1268)

PART 1 41R -6025

PART 141R-7078

PART 2 41R -

7078

PART 2 41R -148

PART 1 41R -148

PART 1 41R -6984

PART 341R-6984

PART 241R - 6984

PART 2

41R - 4047

PART 1 41R -3317

PART 1 41R -3317

PART 141R - 2386

PART 241R - 2386

PART 2 41R -

681

PART 1

41R -

681

PART 1 41R -

3538

PART 1 41R -7955

PART 3 41R -7955

PART 2 41R -7955PART 4 41R -7955

PART 541R - 7955

PART 2 41R -1818

PART 1 41R -1818

PART 141R-2835

PART 141R - 1955

PART 1 41R -

1682

SOUTHEASTERLY ANGLELOT 118, REGISTERED PLAN 745

SUBJECT TO AN EASEMENT IN FAVOUR OF HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF ONTARIO

AS REPRESENTED BY THE MINISTER OF THE ENVIRONMENT AS IN INSTRUMENT B28527

SUBJECT TO AN EASEMENT IN FAVOUR OF HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHT OF ONTARIO AS REPRESENTEDBY THE MINISTER OF THE ENVIRONMENT AS IN INSTRUMENT B27650

PART 3 41R-148EASEMENT IN FAVOUR OF HERMAJESTY THE QUEEN IN RIGHTOF ONTARIO AS REPRESENTED BYTHE MINISTER OF THEENVIRONMENT AS IN INSTRUMENTB27650

PART 2 41R -148

PART 141R-1821

PART 1 41R -148

PART 141R - 4047

PART 241R - 3538

PART 1

41R -

148

MAINSTREET

ELGINSTREET

CENTRE

STREET

PART1

PART3

PART

2

PART2

PART4

PART5

OXFORD COUNTY ROAD No.18

FLORENCE

STREET

AVERY'S

LANE

DELONG

DRIVE

UP

UPUP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP UP UP UP UP UPUP UP

UP

MHMH

MHMH

MHMH

MHMH

MH

MH

MH

MH

DCB

DCB

CB

DICB

CB

CB

CB

CB CB CBCB

CBCBCB

MM

M

M

M

GRAVEL DRIVEWAY AND PARKING

LOT

GRAVEL

DRIVEWAY

GRAVELDRIVEWAY

CONCRETECURB

CONCRETECURB

CONCRETECURB

CONCRETECURB

EDGE OF

ASPHALT

EDGE OF

ASPHALT

EDGE OF

ASPHALT

UP

UPUP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP UP UP UP UP UP UP UP

UPUP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

TOP:262.90

TOP:262.59

FH

FH FHFH

GABIONWALL

GABIONWALL

CONCRETECULVERT

SIB

19

SIB

27

IB28

SIB

29

SIB

37SIB

39

IB42

SIB CEDARS

43

SIB CEDARS PWF

44SIB

50

SIB

51Set IB

53 IB55

SIB

57Tree

60

Tree

61RIB

62SIB

63SIB

64258.09

259.28

RIB

85

RIB

86 RIB

90RIB

91RIB

92

Bollard

94

SIB

102

SIB

105

262.21Eave

114Eave

115262.40

IB WIT

119

SIB

121

SIB

122

IB125

Manhole

130Manhole

131 Manhole

132

Manhole

133

Manhole

134

264.03

263.88

263.34

262.03

261.72

261.49

261.73

262.22

262.55

263.88

263.96

264.11

263.84

263.26

261.98

261.23

261.41

262.63

262.84

263.44

263.17

261.89

261.26

260.81

260.76

261.99

262.67

263.03

263.23

262.96

262.81

262.71

261.84

260.56

260.02

260.47

262.04

262.67

262.93

262.79

263.05

262.69

262.50

262.25

261.04

260.28

261.69

262.61

262.64

262.97

263.01

262.71

262.66

262.79

263.00

262.67

264.15

262.19

262.24

260.41

260.81

262.12

262.75

263.01

263.02

262.51

262.57

262.59

262.34

262.35

261.81

261.94

261.54

260.41

261.09

261.47

261.96

262.29

262.52

262.54

262.85

262.83

262.97

262.89

262.29

262.77

261.67

261.36

260.76

260.20

261.04

261.74

262.50

262.72

262.91

262.98

263.10

263.11

263.10

263.22

263.06

262.64

261.26

261.33

261.24

260.42

261.54

262.38

262.81

262.84

262.90

262.88

262.86

263.06

263.15

263.24

263.15

262.91

261.00

260.95

260.28

260.63

262.20

262.62

262.74

262.74

262.79

262.67

262.68

262.84

262.93

263.01

262.82

262.81

260.70

260.64

259.49

260.44

261.92

262.57

262.70

262.51

262.58

262.68

262.87

262.98

262.70

262.56

260.32

260.02

259.29

259.74

261.32

262.06

262.13

262.36

262.51

262.62

262.76

262.76

262.92

262.92

262.70

262.52

260.06

258.85

260.64

261.75

262.10

262.46

262.71

262.69

262.67

262.64

262.78

262.65

262.56

262.35

259.98

259.45

259.11

258.46

258.71

260.47

260.92

262.11

262.39

262.67

262.49

262.38

262.21

259.70

258.66

258.06

257.77

257.89

258.07

259.21

261.34

261.94

261.95

262.38

262.67

262.61

262.47

259.60

257.57

257.66

257.61

257.87

258.00

258.76

260.16

260.85

261.95

262.61

262.37

262.28

262.00

259.05

257.54

257.85

257.62

257.64

257.93

258.89

260.34

260.63

261.71

262.33

262.42

262.20

261.74

259.26

258.08

257.80

257.65

257.72

257.91

259.33

260.44

260.74

261.93

262.22

261.51

258.21

258.12

258.77

259.42

257.75

257.58

257.72

257.76

258.04

259.56

260.13

260.60

261.34

261.91

262.03

257.97

258.05

258.16

259.71

257.12

257.75

257.62

257.66

258.11

258.94

259.89

260.27

261.29

261.80

257.86

258.00

258.21

258.18

259.39

258.51

257.47

257.12

257.12

257.99

258.22

258.74

259.19

259.63

259.66

258.42

258.41

258.26

262.00

262.00

262.00

262.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

260.00

2 62.00

260.00

260.00

258.00

258.00

260.00

262.00

262.00

262.00

264.00

264.00

264.00

264.00

6200

Townhouse 2Townhouse 1

Townhouse 3

Community Bldg

Single Detached Homes

E L G I N S T R E E T (CLOSED)EX.OP = LOW DENSITY

EX.OP = MEDIUM DENSITY

31 PARKING SPACES

EX. TREELINE

INTERNAL WALKING PATHWAY NETWORK

Phase 1Senior's Apartment

Phase 2Senior's Apartment

COMMON AREA

COVERED PICNIC AREA

GAZEBO

SHUFFLE BOARD

WATER TOWER/ SIGN

GARDENS

ZONING:R1-2

ZONING:'R3'

ZONING:'D'

ZONING:'D'

ZONING: 'I'

WROUGHT IRON GATE C/W STONE/ BRICK PIERS

ZONING:R1-17

GRASS

GRASS

GRASS

GRASS

GR

ASS

COMMUNITY BUILDING

- LOT AREA = 3629m2 (0.65 AC)- BUILDING AREA = 500m2 (MAIN), 500m2 (BASE.), 450m2 (SECOND) = 1450 m2 GFA- LNDSCAP OPEN SPACE (30% min) = 33%- PARKING = 1/10m2 GFA = 1450/10 = 145 SPACES.

SINGLE DETACHED HOMES

- TYP LOT AREA = 457.5m2 (0.11 AC)- BUILDING AREA = 126 m2 (1350 sf)- COVERAGE 30% MAXIMUM: = 27.5%- LANDSCAPE OPEN SPACE 30% MIN. = 64%

ZONING: 'R1-20'

TYP.15250

TYP.

3000

0

7000

20000

20000

7000

REA

R10

000

SIDE5000

SIDE5000

EX. TREELINE

ZONING: 'R3'

3410

0

11329 8230 8230 8230 7500

Long Term Care

ZONING: 'I'

FRO

NT

1000

0

RE AR

1 00 0 0

5000EX. TREELINE

LONG TERM CARE

- LOT AREA = 8668m2 (2.14 AC)- COVERAGE 35% MAXIMUM: NONE- BLDG AREA = 1765m2 (19,000 sf) FOR 45 BEDS- LANDSCAPE OPEN SPACE = 30% MINIMUM: PARKING = 1 PER 3 BEDS, 45 BEDS/3 = 15 SPACES x 24m2/SPACE = 360m2 + BLDG AREA = 46%

ZONING: 'R3'

SENIOR'S RESIDENCE

- LOT AREA = LARGE: 11,808m² (2.918 AC)- COVERAGE 35% MAXIMUM: 33.8%- LANDSCAPE OPEN SPACE = 30% MINIMUM: 33.6%PARKING = 1.5/DWELLING UNIT, 120 UNITS X 1.5 = 180 SPACES x 24m² / SPACE = 4320m²- AMENITY AREA (MINIMUM) = 40m² / DWELLING UNIT = 40 x 120 = 4800 m².

EASEMENT

ZONING: 'OS' OPEN SPACE

EX.HP

EX.HP

EX.HP

EX.HP

ZONING: 'R3'

FRONT7500

SID

E75

00

SIDE

10000

EX.TREELINE

ZONING NOTE: ALL NEIGHBOURING PROPERTIES ARE ZONED 'R1' RESIDENTIAL UNLESS NOTED

OTHERWISE.

EX.HP

ZONING: 'R2'

Phase.3

36 units

44 units

40 units

M A I N S T R E E T

C E

N T

R E

S T

R E

E T

EDGE OF STREAM

2095

0

7500

30003000

7500

3000

3000 1259

1

7500

30005628

4967

6216

8230

3360

6700

EX.MH

EX.MH

EX.MH

7000

24

2618

0

45m

98.0m

86.2

m

141.4m

80.9

m

15m 15m 15m

13868

6330

2000



6700

15251500

5500 6000 5500 115001294

14

23

5

17

13

2

F.R

.

F.R.

F.R.

F.R

.

F.R.

3

67006700

6700

6700

6700

7

63

12

58.4

m

58.4

m

APPROX. 1968.39 m2 ROAD ALLOWANCE CLOSEDAND DEEDED TO OWNER.

100 YR FLOOD LINE258.8m

100 YR FLOOD LINE258.8m

15m FLOOD LINE REGULARTORY SETBACK

SWM POND

POURED CONCRETE SIDEWALK

LANDSCAPE 3000

BUFFER

1500

0

66

23

ACCESS TO U/G PARKING

REAR10000

17604

3000

588428

m 26.5

m

2008017341

7968

7

1303

12

TOWNHOUSE 1,2,3 (MULTIPLE UNIT DWELLINGS)

- LOT AREA = 6370m² (1.57 AC)- BUILDING AREA = 2271.3m²- COVERAGE = 35.7%- LNDSCAP OPEN SPACE (30% min) = 57%(DRIVEWAYS = 494m²)

TYPICAL DRIVEWAY

EMERGENCY ACCESS

MAIN ENTRANCE TO DEVELOPMENT

Undergroundparking:42 spaces

Underground parking: 34 spaces

Heavy line indicatesextent of underground parking

CARE AND TREATMENT FACILITY

NO WINDOWS PERMITTED ON THIS WALL

70004950 4951

C/W LOCKED SECURITY PIPE GATE



35 PARKING SPACES

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

SITE DESCRIPTION

LOTS 113, 116, AND 118 AND PART OF LOTS 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, AND 119. JUDGES PLAN 745. FORMERLY IN THE VILLAGE OF NORWICH. TOWNSHIP OF NORWICH. COUNTY OF OXFORD.

ZONING (CURRENT): 'D' DEVELOPMENT. OVER ENTIRE SITE

SITE INFORMATION WAS BASED ON SURVEY PREPARED BY BENEDICT-RAITHBY INC. 871 DUNDAS STREET, WOODSTOCK, ONTARIO, N4S 1G8. 519-537-6212. DATED: JANUARY 20, 2016

ZONING (PROPOSED): 'R2' RESIDENTIAL TYPE 2'R3' RESIDENTIAL TYPE 3'I' INSTITUTIONAL'OS' OPEN SPACE

OFFICIAL PLAN (CURRENT): LOW & MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIALOFFICIAL PLAN (PROPOSED):MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL WITH SPECIAL

PROVISION FOR LONG TERM CARE

SITE AREA15.3 AC (61,963 m2) PLUS 0.49 AC (1,968.39m2) ROAD ALLOWANCE CLOSURE15.801 AC (63,944 m2)

OFFICIAL PLAN:

ZONING:

PARKINGTYP. PARKING SPACE = 2.7m x 5.5mTYP. BF PRKNG SPACE = 3.9m x 5.5m OR 2.4m x 5.5m WHERE THERE IS

A 1.5m WALKWAY BETWEEN# OF REQ'D BF SPACES = 1 FOR FIRST 5 THEN 1/15 THEREAFTER.ACCESS AISLES = 6.7mLOADING SPACES = 9m x 3.5m (4.0m CLR HGT). 1.5m FRONT, SIDE

& REAR, 10.0m MIN FROM STR. 6m ACCESS.

*Refer to Zoning Key Plan

RESIDENTIAL TYPE 2 ZONE (R2) - Single Detached Homes

ZONE PROVISION

NUMBER OF DWELLINGS PER LOT, Maximum

LOT AREA, Minimum

SINGLE DETACHED DWELLING

1

450 m² (4,844 ft²) or 600 m² (6,458.6 ft²) in

the case of a corner lot

LOT FRONTAGE, Minimum

15 m (49.2 ft) or 20 m(65 ft) in the case of a

corner lot

REQUIRED PROVIDED

3 m (9.8 ft) on one side and 1.5 m (4.9 ft) on the

narrow side, provided that where a garage orcarport is attached to or

is within the main building, or the lot is a

corner lot, the minimum width shall be 1.5 m

(4.9 ft).

INTERIOR SIDE YARD, Minimum Width

20.5 m (67.3 ft) SETBACK, Minimum distance from the centreline of a County Road

30% of the lot areaLOT COVERAGE, Maximum

93 m² (1,001 ft²)GROSS FLOOR AREA, Minimum

11 m (36.1 ft)HEIGHT OF BUILDING, Maximum

In accordance with the previsions of Section 5.

PARKING ACCESSORY USES, ETC.

ZONE PROVISION

NUMBER OF DWELLINGS PER LOT: Maximum

LOT AREA: Minimum,

LOT FRONTAGE: Minimum, where sanitary sewers are not available

FRONT YARD:Minimum Depth

EXTERIOR SIDE YARD:Minimum Width

LOT DEPTH, Minimumwhere sanitary sewers are not available

REAR YARD: Minimum Depth

INTERIOR SIDE YARD:Minimum WidthSETBACK:Minimum distance from the centreline of a County Road

GROSS FLOOR AREA, Minimum

HEIGHT OF BUILDING, Maximum


INSTITUTIONAL ZONE (I) - Long Term Care/Community Bldg

NON-RESIDENTIAL USES

Not Applicable

3,700 m² (39,828 ft²)

40 m (131.2 ft)

REQUIRED PROVIDED

30 m (98.4 ft)

50 m (303.5 ft)

23 m (75.5 ft)

No Provision

15 m (49.2 ft) or in accordance with the provisions of

Section 5.32

In accordance with the

previsions of Section 5.

where sanitary sewers are not available

LOT AREA: Minimum,served by both sanitary sewers and public water supply

2,000 m² (21,528.5 ft²)

LOT FRONTAGE: Minimum, where served by both sanitary sewers and public water supply

10 m (32.8 ft)

10 m (32.8 ft)

5 m (16.4 ft)

LANDSCAPED OPEN SPACE: Minimum

30% of lot area

ZONE PROVISION

NUMBER OF DWELLINGS PER LOT, Maximum

LOT AREA, Minimum

LOT FRONTAGE, Minimum

FRONT YARD, Minimum Depth

LOT DEPTH, Minimum

REAR YARD, Minimum Depth

INTERIOR SIDE YARD, Minimum Width

SETBACK, Minimum distance from the centreline of a County Road

LOT COVERAGE, Maximum

GROSS FLOOR AREA, Minimum

HEIGHT OF BUILDING, Maximum


RESIDENTIAL TYPE 3 ZONE (R3) - SENIORS APARTMENTS USES PERMITTED: - an apartment dwelling

MULTIPLE UNIT DWELLINGS

No Provision

For units with an individual garage or

driveway 280m²(3140sf) per dwelling unit, with communal

parking 185m² (1991.4sf) per dwelling

unit.

20m (65ft.)

REQUIRED PROVIDED

7.5 m (24.6 ft)

30 m (98.4 ft)

10m (32.8ft)

6m (19.7ft) provided that an interior side yard adjoining an end wall

containing no habitable room windows may be reduced to 3m (9.8ft)

20.5 m (67.3 ft)

35% of the lot area

55 m² (592 ft²) per dwelling unit

55 x 18 = 990m²req'd

4 storeys


APARTMENT DWELLING

No Provision

150 m² (1.614.6 ft²) per dwelling unit

150 x 116 = 17,400m²

30 m (98.4 ft)

REQUIRED PROVIDED

7.5 m (24.6 ft)

* 30 m (98.4 ft) *

10 m (32.8 ft)

6 m (19.7 ft), provided that an interior side yard

adjoining an end wall containing no habitable room windows may by reduced to 3 m (9.8 ft)

20.5 m (67.3 ft)

35% of the lot area

55 m² (592 ft²) per dwelling unit

55 x 120 = 6,600m²req'd

4 storeys


- a multiple unit dwelling

LANDSCAPED OPEN SPACE, Minimum

30% of the lot area 30% of the lot area

AMENITY AREA, Minimum

40m² (430.6sf) per dwelling unit

40 m² (430.6 ft²) per dwelling unit

40 x 120 = 4,800m²req'd

LONG TERM CARE FACILITY

PROVIDED

COMMUNITY BLDG

18 TOTAL 120

218m² to 280m²

Townhouse 1,2 4801m²

Townhouse 3 1573m²

TOTAL: 6374m²

11808m²

35m, 57m, & 75m

86.2m

26.5m, 34.1m 141.3m

EXTERIOR SIDE YARD, Minimum Width

7.5 m (24.6 ft) 7.5 m (24.6 ft)

7.5m 6.3m

3.0m

12.6m (5.14m)*

n/a

10.0m

3.0m 2.0m, 12.7m

n/an/a

33.5%35.7%

33.6%57%

15,975m²2,271m²

2 storeys

1

457.5m²

15m

3m

27.5%

n/a

167.2m²

< 11m

n/a n/a

8,668m² 2,629m²

n/a n/a

98.0m 45m

n/a n/a

26.2m 20.95m

16.9m 5m/13.9m

15.0m 6.2m

20.1m 5m/13.9m

n/a n/a

46% 33%

n/a n/a

< 15m < 15m

See notes on plan

See notes on plan

4 storeys

46m² 2924m² plusopen space

(os)

LOCATION MAP

SITE

ZONE

PARKING SUMMARY REQUIRED PROVIDED

R3 ZONE #1MULTIPLE UNIT DWELLINGS

1.5/UNIT 1.5 x 12 UNITS=18

2 SPACES (1 IN DRIVEWAY, 1 IN GARAGE)2 x 12 UNITS=24

R3 ZONE #2MULTIPLE UNIT DWELLINGS

1.5/UNIT 1.5 x 6 UNITS=9

2 SPACES (1 IN DRIVEWAY, NO GARAGE)1 x 6 UNITS=6 PARKING AVAILABLE ON STREET

R2 ZONE SINGLE DETACHED DWELLING

2/DWELLING UNIT 2.0 x 15 UNITS=30

2 SPACES (1 IN DRIVEWAY, 1 IN GARAGE)2 x 15 UNITS=30

I ZONE COMMUNITY CENTRE/ LONG TERM CARE

1/10m² GFA = 1450/10 = 1451/3 BEDS = 45/3 = 15

31 SPACES35

OS ZONE N/A N/A

R3 ZONE #3SENIOR APARTMENTS

1.5/DWELLINGPHASE 1 = 40 x 1.5 = 60PHASE 2 = 76 x 1.5 = 114PHASE 3 = 116 x 1.5 = 174

PHASE 1 = 60PHASE 2 = 80+34 (UNDERGROUND)

= 114PHASE 3 = 75+76 (UNDERGROUND) = 151

ADD 23 STREET PARKING = 174

PRO

JEC

T N

OR

TH

ACTU

AL

NO

RTH

DATE PLOTTED

SCALE

CHECKED

DRAWN BY

DATE

PROJ. NO.

DRAWING NO.

PROJECT

SHEET TITLE

CONSULTANT

DIMENSIONS & SCALE NOTICE:CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING. ANY DISCREPENCY OBSERVED SHOULD BEREPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO DICKINSON + HICKS ARCHITECTS INC.COPYRIGHT NOTICE:COPYRIGHT IN THIS DRAWING BELONGS TO DICKINSON + HICKS ARCHITECTS INC.THIS DRAWING MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE THAN FOR WHICHIT WAS INTENDED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS CONSENT OF DICKINSON + HICKSARCHITECTS INC.

As indicated

2017-12-21 7:15:18 PM

C:\Users\DHA Arch\Desktop\15140 - Norwich Seniors Development - Concept Site Plan 1 r7.rvt

SITE PLAN

15-140

STILLWATERS CHRISTIANRETIREMENT COMMUNITY

FEBRUARY 2016

WG, MJW

WG, MH

A1.1

-NORWICH ONTARIO

NEW DEVELOPMENT FOR

1 : 750SITE PLAN

BUILDING STATISTICS (G.F.A.)

DESCRIPTION AREA (m2) AREA (ft2) QTY. TOTAL (m2) TOTAL (ft2)SENIOR'S APARTMENT -4 STOREY'S, 44 SUITES -SUITES: 780 S.F. (1 BR)

TO 1050/1150 S.F. (2 BR)

15975.00 m² 171950 ft² 1 15975.00 m² 171950 ft²

COMMUNITY BUILDING 1393.50 m² 15000 ft² 1 1393.50 m² 15000 ft²TOWNHOUSE - TYPE 1 -BUNGALOW WITH LOFT:

2,000 S.F. -ONE CAR GARAGE -4 BEDROOM

(+/-1,200 S.F. NO LOFT, 2BEDROOM)

185.80 m² 2000 ft² 12 2229.60 m² 24000 ft²

TOWNHOUSE - TYPE 2 -BUNGALOW WITH LOFT:

2,000 S.F. -NO GARAGE -4 BEDROOM

(+/-1,200 S.F. NO LOFT, 2BEDROOM)

185.80 m² 2000 ft² 6 1114.80 m² 12000 ft²

LONG TERM CARE (LTC) -ONE STOREY, 19,000 S.F.

GFA -45 BEDS LTC

1765.00 m² 19000 ft² 1 1765.00 m² 19000 ft²

SINGLE DETACHEDHOMES

167.22 m² 1800 ft² 15 2508.30 m² 27000 ft²

19672.32 m² 211750 ft² 36 24986.20 m² 268950 ft²

No. Description Date1 VERSION 1.0 CONCEPT REVIEW MAR 10, 20162 VERSION 1.1 CONCEPT REVIEW JUNE 21, 20163 VERSION 1.1 REVIEW WITH CLIENT NOV 17, 20164 MTG W/ PLANNER & ZA/OPA APPLIC DEC 1, 20165 PROGRESS SET TO OWNER MAR 9, 20176 PROGRESS MEETING MAR 23, 20177 OPA & ZONING CHANGE SUBMISSION APR 4, 2017

8 OPA & ZONING CHANGERE-SUBMISSION

DEC 21,2017

Attachment No. 3

hstclair

Text Box

Plate 3: Applicant's Sketch File Nos. OP17-02-3 & ZN1-17-08 - 1340828 Ontario Inc. Part of Lots 113, 116, 118, 93 - 98 & 119, Plan 745 (Village of Norwich), Township of Norwich

AMENDMENT NUMBER 217

TO THE COUNTY OF OXFORD OFFICIAL PLAN

The following text and schedule, attached hereto, constitutes Amendment Number 217 to the County of Oxford Official Plan.

Attachment No. 4

COUNTY OF OXFORD

BY-LAW NO. 6006-2018

BEING a By-law to adopt Amendment Number 217 to the County of Oxford Official Plan.

WHEREAS, Amendment Number 217 to the County of Oxford Official Plan has been recommended by resolution of the Council of the Township of Norwich and the County of Oxford has held a public hearing and has recommended the Amendment for adoption.

NOW THEREFORE, the County of Oxford pursuant to the provisions of the Planning Act, R.S.O. 1990, as amended, enacts as follows:

1. That Amendment Number 217 to the County of Oxford Official Plan, being the attachedtext is hereby adopted.

2. This By-law shall come into force and take effect on the day of the final passing thereof.

READ a first and second time this 28th day of March, 2018.

READ a third time and finally passed this 28th day of March, 2018.

DAVID MAYBERRY, WARDEN

BRENDA J. TABOR, CLERK

- 1 -

1.0 PURPOSE OF THE AMENDMENT

The purpose of this amendment is to redesignate certain lands in the Village of Norwich from Low Density Residential to Medium Density Residential to facilitate a multi-use development on the lands, including a range of housing types (15 single detached dwellings, 18 townhouse dwellings and 116 apartment units), together with a community centre and long-term care facility to serve the development. It is proposed that the development will be marketed towards seniors and will be a life-lease tenancy arrangement, operated and maintained by the owner.

The proposed amendment will also include special policies to allow for the creation of lots for single detached dwellings on a private access on lands immediately abutting the above-noted development.

2.0 LOCATION OF LANDS AFFECTED

This amendment applies to lands described as Lots 113, 116, 118 and Part of Lots 93-98 and 119, Lots 100-103 and Part Lot 112, Judges Plan 745, Village of Norwich, in the Township of Norwich. The whole of the lands are located on the north side of Main Street West, lying between Centre Street and Clyde Street.

3.0 BASIS FOR THE AMENDMENT

The majority of the subject lands are currently designated Low Density Residential, with a portion located on the south side of the property designated as Medium Density Residential, and a portion on the east side designated as Open Space, according to the Land Use Plan for the Village of Norwich, as contained in the County Official Plan.

This amendment re-designates the majority of the lands (saving the portion currently designated Open Space) from Low Density Residential to Medium Density Residential to facilitate the development of 15 single detached dwellings, 18 townhouse units and 116 apartment units together with a long-term care facility and a community centre that will primarily serve the needs of the residents of the proposed development.

The development of the lands for the above-noted uses is consistent with the Provincial Policy Statement and the intent of the Official Plan, as the proposal will result in a mixed-used, medium density development that will improve the variety of housing types in the Village of Norwich and will efficiently utilize existing vacant land and municipal services, while filling the need for long-term care and community facilities in the community. Further, as the proposed development will be for low profile medium density development, the proposal can be considered compatible with surrounding low density residential development, and as such is not anticipated to have a negative effect on surrounding properties.

The proposed amendment will also permit the development of a limited number of lots for single detached dwellings outside of the above-noted development. A component of the development includes the conveyance of the unopened Elgin Street road allowance, which will provide access to the lands from the west. The said allowance will become a private access held by the owners of the development. In order to maintain the ability of the lands on the immediate south side of the said road allowance to be developed in a logical and orderly manner, special policy provisions have been established to allow for the creation of lots without direct access to a public street.

- 2 -

As the larger development to the north and east will be served by this same private access, the proposal to allow a limited number of new lots on the same access is considered to be an efficient use of lands within the Village and in-keeping with a the general intent and purpose of the Official Plan, provided that sufficient safeguards are in place to ensure that access to this private access is secured and appropriate agreements are established with respect to the long-term maintenance of the access.

4.0 DETAILS OF THE AMENDMENT

4.1 That Schedule “N-2” – Village of Norwich Land Use Plan, is hereby amended by changing to “Medium Density Residential” the land use designation of those lands identified as “ITEM 1” on Schedule “A” attached hereto.

4.2 That Section 6.2.2 – Low Density Residential Areas, as amended, is hereby further amended by adding the following specific development policy at the end of Section 6.2.2.5 – Specific Development Policies:

“6.2.2.5.4 Lots 100-103, Part Lot 112, Judges Plan 745, Part 1 41R-6984, Village of Norwich

Location The lands to which this subsection applies are described as Lots 100-103 and Part Lot 112, Judges Plan 745, and Part 1, 41R-6984 and are municipally known as 116 ½ Main Street West, in the Village of Norwich. The lands are located on the north side of Main Street West, lying between Centre Street and Clyde Street and comprise an area of approximately 0.64 ha (1.59 ac).

Policies Notwithstanding the policies of Section 10.3.4 – Consents (Severances) of this Plan, the creation of a limited number of lots for low density residential development may be permitted on a private access road that is constructed and maintained at a reasonable standard, as determined by the Township of Norwich. All other criteria as contained in Section 10.3.4 regarding the creation of lots by consent shall remain applicable.

Performance Standards

In considering new development on the subject lands, the proponent shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Township of Norwich and/or the County of Oxford that:

• access to the lands is of sufficient construction to provide for bothnormal vehicular travel and emergency vehicle access;

• an easement for access and servicing purposes has been obtainedover the private access in favour of the subject lands;

• an agreement between the owner of the private access and the ownerand/or future owners of the subject lands, to the satisfaction of theTownship, has been registered on title setting out responsibilitiesregarding the general maintenance and upkeep of the private access.

4.3 That Section 6.2.3 – Medium Density Residential Areas, as amended, is hereby further amended by adding the following specific development policy as the end of Section 6.2.3.2 – Special Development Policies:

- 3 -

“6.2.3.2.2 Lots 113, 116, 118 and Part Lots 93-98 and 119, Judges Plan 745, Village of Norwich

Location The lands to which this subsection applies are described as Lots 113, 116, 118 and Part Lots 93-98 and 119, Judges Plan 745, in the Village of Norwich. The lands are located on the north side of Main Street, West, lying between Centre Street and Clyde Street and are approximately 5.8 ha (14.4 ac) in area.

Policies Notwithstanding the policies of this Section, or any other relevant policies of the Official Plan, in addition to the permitted uses in this Section, the following uses shall also be permitted on those lands identified as having reference to this subsection:

a long term care facility; a community centre; single detached and semi-detached dwellings,

in accordance with the policies of Section 6.5.1 of this Plan.”

Prior to the development of the subject lands, the owner shall establish a permanent easement over that portion of any private access that abuts those lands described as Lots 100-103, Part Lot 112, Judges Plan 745, Part 1 41R-6984, Village of Norwich and, together with said easement will enter into an agreement or agreements with the said property owner(s) satisfactory to the Township of Norwich and/or the County of Oxford setting out the responsibilities regarding the general maintenance and upkeep of the private access, and that such agreement will be registered on title.

Furthermore, prior to development of the subject lands, the owner shall provide sufficient geotechnical and topographic information to determine the extent of the existing erosion hazard lands and floodplain areas, to the satisfaction of the Township of Norwich and the Long Point Region Conservation Authority.

5.0 IMPLEMENTATION

This Official Plan Amendment shall be implemented in accordance with the implementation policies of the Official Plan.

6.0 INTERPRETATION

This Official Plan Amendment shall be interpreted in accordance with the interpretation policies of the Official Plan.

O

PN

991 8

Otter

Creek

CHUR

CH ST

PITCH

ER ST

MAIN ST W

FRONT ST

TIDEY ST

CLYD

E ST

JOHN

ST

AVER

Y'S LA

NE

NORTH COURT ST W

SOUTH COURT ST W

ELGIN ST WELGIN ST

MARY ST

SPRI

NG ST

FLOR

ENCE

ST

DELONGDR

CENT

RE ST

TOMPKINSCRT

SCHEDULE "A"

AMENDMENT No. 217TO THE

COUNTY OF OXFORDOFFICIAL PLAN

SCHEDULE "N-2"

VILLAGE OF NORWICHRESIDENTIAL DENSITY PLAN ©

0 200100Metres

- AREA OF THIS AMENDMENT

ITEM 1 - CHANGE FROM LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL TO MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL

ITEM 1

LAND USE PLANLEGEND

Village CoreService CommercialLow Density ResidentialMedium Density ResidentialIndustrialMajor InstitutionalOpen Space

Floodline

PN Neighbourhood Park

Report No: CS 2018-08

CORPORATE SERVICES Council Date: March 28, 2018


From: Director of Corporate Services

2018 Tax Policy Review RECOMMENDATION 1. That the necessary by-laws addressing the following tax policy matters be

prepared on the basis of staff direction received in response to the analysis contained in Report No. CS 2018-08, entitled “Tax Policy Review”, for Council’s consideration at the April 11, 2018 Council meeting:

a. Tax Ratios; b. Tax Rate Reductions for Prescribed Property Subclasses; c. Tax Rates for Upper Tier Purposes; d. Capping Calculation Options; e. Lower Limit for Applying Tax to New Construction Properties.

REPORT HIGHLIGHTS Review tax policy recommendations proposed for 2018 prior to passing the required by-laws

2018 Tax Policy recommendations highlights include:

Present various scenarios of employing the available tax policy tools that offer a fair and equitable distribution of County and area municipal levies among the property tax classes Continue reduction of the multi-residential property class tax ratio to the

revised maximum threshold ratio of 2.0, phased-in over a period of four years Utilizing all tax capping tools available to expedite opting out of the business property

class tax capping regime

Implementation Points Subject to Council approval, tax policy by-laws will be prepared on the basis of the recommendations contained in Report No. CS 2018-06 and any further direction received in response to the analysis and recommendations in Report No. CS 2018-08. In order for Area Municipalities to proceed with final tax bills on schedule with previous years, the tax policy by-laws will be presented to Council for consideration at their April 11, 2018 meeting.

Page 1 of 10



Financial Impact No financial impacts will result from adopting the recommendation contained in this report beyond what has already been approved in the current year’s budget.

The Treasurer has prepared this report in consultation with the Area Municipal Treasurers and Tax Collectors.

Risks/Implications There are no risks or implications that will result by adopting the recommendation contained in this report. However, irrespective of the fact that the statutory deadline for enacting tax policy by-laws is December 31st, consideration should be given to making these decisions in a timely manner to allow final tax billing to occur so all municipalities within the County will be able to maintain the necessary cashflow to continue with business operations and capital works. Strategic Plan (2015-2018) County Council adopted the County of Oxford Strategic Plan (2015-2018) at its regular meeting held May 27, 2015. The initiative contained within this report supports the Values and Strategic Directions as set out in the Strategic Plan as it pertains to the following Strategic Directions: 3. iii. A County that Thinks Ahead and Wisely Shapes the Future - Demonstrated commitment to

sustainability by:


o Life cycle costs and benefit/costs, including debt, tax and reserve levels and implications

DISCUSSION Background Tax policy recommendations contained in Report No. CS 2018-06 were presented to Council at their March 14, 2018 meeting. The recommendations were formed based on collaborative perspectives of each of the Area Municipal Treasurers and/or Tax Collectors having regard for local impacts.

Highlights of the recommendations contained in Report No. CS 2018-06 are included in Table 1.

Page 2 of 10



Table 1 – 2018 Tax Policy Recommendations

Decision Points Recommendation

1. Optional property classes – multi-residential, office buildings, shopping centres, parking lots Sub-class commercial and industrial on farm properties

None recommended - except maintain large industrial class New sub-class for small-scale on-farm business – not recommended for 2018

2. Tax rate discounts – for vacant lands and farmland awaiting development Currently Farm 55% Commercial 30% Industrial 35%

No change recommended

3. Maximum tax protection mechanism Fund capping costs through the current year’s budget as general taxation, netted against supplementary taxes and write-offs

4. Tax ratios Reduce multi-residential tax ratio to 2.37 to continue the four-year reduction started in 2017 to arrive at 2.0, to meet the newly prescribed provincial threshold, by the end of the current assessment cycle

Decision Points Recommendation

5. Graduated tax rates – two or three thresholds for each band

Not recommended

6. Capping calculation options Recommend employing all available tools to opt-out of capping program for multi-residential, commercial and industrial classes

7. Lower limit for new construction projects

Lower limit set at 100% for starting tax levels for new construction properties that become eligible within the taxation year

Page 3 of 10



Comments In response to the recommendations contained in Report No. CS 2018-06, at their meeting held March 14, 2018, County Council gave staff direction to provide further analysis that illustrates the distribution of the tax levy on all property classes that would result by reducing the farm class ratio to 0.21 and 0.22 and how it compares with the levy distributions in 2017. In addition, staff were asked to poll other upper/single-tier rural municipalities to determine the farm tax ratios they have adopted for 2018; provide three year comparators of the County’s assessment, growth and distribution of the tax levy, by property class; and, progression of the phased CVA increases applicable to the 2017 – 2020 assessment cycle.

The following sections of this report and its attachment provides the detailed information requested. 2017 – 2020 Current Assessment Cycle Progression of Phased CVA Attachment No. 1 to this report is and excerpt from the Preliminary Reassessment Impact Study -Notice Based Data Version, prepared by Municipal Tax Equity (MTE) Consultants Inc., dated November 4, 2016. It illustrates the realization of properties’ full CVA values over the four-year assessment cycle, by property class. The Table begins by presenting the January 1, 2012 full CVA and the migration over the next four years to reach the January 1, 2016 CVA destination value. Assessment and Revenue Growth At the time the 2018 Province of Ontario property assessment roll was delivered, MPAC announced that the new roll represented the largest assessment growth they have ever recorded, largely attributable to property development in residential and business sectors. Similarly, Oxford County experienced exceptional growth in 2017 within those same property classes. Tables 2 and 3 illustrate a three year comparison of the County’s assessment and annualized revenue growth by property class. Table 2 – Assessment Growth for Years 2015 to 2017

Property Tax Class $ % $ % $ % Residential 73,316,147 0.82% 148,313,896 1.64% 293,641,419 2.90% Farm 76,976,300 2.30% 58,020,500 1.72% 25,722,131 0.40% Managed Forest 863,400 11.07% 133,200 1.60% 336,700 2.79% Multi-residential 3,209,640 1.61% -4,220,000 -2.09% 5,396,800 2.77% Commercial 13,004,860 1.33% 2,812,796 0.28% 12,333,321 1.10% Industrial 98,555 0.05% 473,636 0.22% 5,383,166 2.39% Large Industrial -830,000 -0.22% -2,070,300 -0.55% -4,265,100 -1.05% Pipeline 564,000 0.24% 554,000 0.24% 581,000 0.23% Sub-total Taxable 167,202,902 1.17% 204,017,728 1.41% 339,129,437 1.81%

20172015 2016

Page 4 of 10

aferrell

Underline



Table 3 – Revenue Growth for Years 2015 to 2017

In summary, these two tables demonstrate that when ratios remain static, with the exception of the multi-residential ratio, the change in assessment and growth among property classes remains relatively consistent. It is evident by Table 3 that the pace of growth significantly increased in 2017 for the residential and business classes, by more than double overall compared to the past two years. Tax Levy Comparisons The following table depicts how the County’s general tax levy has changed over the past three years and how it has been shared among the property classes. The distribution of the tax levy between property classes is driven by unique ratios for each class relative to the residential class, which is set at one. Table 4 – County General Levy Distribution for Years 2015 to 2017

The levy distributions among classes have remained fairly flat over the three year period, with the exception of the multi-residential class which responded to a reduction in the ratio in 2017, causing an opposing increase in the residential allocation.

Property Tax Class $ % $ % $ % Residential 282,907 0.84% 559,275 1.64% 1,127,911 3.17% Farm 68,088 2.30% 54,704 1.72% 16,592 0.42% Managed Forest 788 10.97% 126 1.60% 271 3.07% Multi-residential 31,217 1.59% -48,713 -2.33% 38,551 2.22% Commercial 95,052 1.36% 18,636 0.26% 113,683 1.60% Industrial 6,792 0.33% 333 0.02% 61,812 3.05% Large Industrial -8,015 -0.23% -19,405 -0.53% -39,215 -1.09% Pipeline 2,685 0.24% 2,630 0.24% 2,539 0.22% Sub-total Taxable 479,513 0.92% 567,586 1.07% 1,322,144 2.40%

2015 2016 2017

Property Tax Class $ % $ % $ % Residential 33,625,417 64.38% 34,178,985 64.17% 35,558,014 64.51% Farm 2,957,395 5.66% 3,181,470 5.97% 3,927,535 7.13% Managed Forest 7,176 0.01% 7,829 0.01% 8,835 0.02% Multi-residential 1,964,176 3.76% 2,089,519 3.92% 1,734,422 3.15% Commercial 6,985,388 13.37% 7,041,814 13.22% 7,114,414 12.91% Industrial 2,048,438 3.92% 1,850,487 3.47% 2,029,507 3.68% Large Industrial 3,541,461 6.78% 3,817,124 7.17% 3,611,233 6.55% Pipeline 1,097,807 2.10% 1,099,039 2.06% 1,136,180 2.06% Sub-total Taxable 52,227,258 100.00% 53,266,267 100.00% 55,120,140 100.00%

2015 2016 2017

Page 5 of 10



Farm Tax Ratio Scenarios Table 5 presents analysis on two additional farm ratio scenarios as directed by Council. It illustrates the tax distribution among all property classes that would result by reducing the farm ratio from 0.25 to 0.22 and 0.21 respectively. This Table also identifies the respective change of each of the scenarios in terms of levy distribution to the farm class from 2017, which was based on a ratio of 0.25. Table 5 – Levy Distribution – Scenarios – Farm Ratio 0.22 and 0.21 Compared to 0.25

Table 6 illustrates the three farm tax ratio scenarios for 2018 that are presented in Table 5 as percentage of levy allocation among the property classes as opposed to dollar value. Table 6 – % Share of Levy Distribution Based on Three Farm Ratio Scenarios

Municipal General LevyProperty Tax Class 2017 2018 2018 2018Farm Ratio 0.25 0.25 0.22 0.21Residential $35,558,014 $36,041,166 $36,388,570 $36,505,925Farm 3,927,535 4,460,818 3,963,401 3,795,398Managed Forest 8,835 9,566 9,658 9,689Multi-Residential 1,734,422 1,649,679 1,665,586 1,670,956Commercial 7,114,414 7,195,675 7,265,057 7,288,480Industrial 2,029,507 2,046,774 2,066,506 2,073,169Large Industrial 3,611,233 3,535,378 3,569,461 3,580,969Pipeline 1,136,180 1,121,851 1,132,668 1,136,321Taxable Total $55,120,140 $56,060,907 $56,060,907 $56,060,907

$483,152 $35,866 -$132,137Change in Farm Portion from 2017

Municipal General LevyProperty Tax Class 2017 2018 2018 2018Farm Ratio 0.25 0.25 0.22 0.21Residential 64.51% 64.29% 64.91% 65.12%Farm 7.13% 7.96% 7.07% 6.77%Managed Forest 0.02% 0.02% 0.02% 0.02%Multi-Residential 3.15% 2.94% 2.97% 2.98%Commercial 12.91% 12.84% 12.96% 13.00%Industrial 3.68% 3.65% 3.69% 3.70%Large Industrial 6.55% 6.31% 6.37% 6.39%Pipeline 2.06% 2.00% 2.02% 2.03%Taxable Total 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

0.83% -0.06% -0.36%Change in Farm Portion from 2017

Page 6 of 10



Impact on Typical Properties – Farm Ratio Scenarios The Tables presented under this section of the report illustrate the impact on the typical residential property for each of the three farm ratio scenarios. Due to the fact that such a large proportion of farm properties are made up of multiple portions (residential, commercial, etc.), the impact on farm related properties is based on the median CVA for a farm house and for farm land per roll number. This is prepared for illustrative purposes only as assessment per roll as it relates to farmland and is not necessarily reflective of an entire farming operation. Table 7 – Impact on Typical Residential Properties – Farm Ratio 0.25

Table 8 – Impact on Typical Farm Related Properties – Farm Ratio 0.25

2017 2018Actual Preliminary

Phased CVA $252,119 $257,034 $4,915 1.95% General tax rate 0.00378327 0.00362809 -0.00015518 -4.10% General tax $954 $933 -$21 -2.23%


Phased CVA $200,000 $200,000 $0 0.00% General tax rate 0.00378327 0.00362809 -0.00015518 -4.10%General tax $757 $726 -$31 -4.10%

Single Family Detached Residential

$ Change % Change

Single Family Detached Residential

$ Change % Change

Farm Related Properties 2017 2018 $ Change % ChangeActual Preliminary

Farm House CVA $164,375 $173,950 $9,575 5.83% General tax rate 0.00378327 0.00362809 -0.00015518 -4.10% General tax $622 $631 $9 1.48%Farm Related Properties 2017 2018 $ Change % Change

Actual PreliminaryFarm Land CVA $882,800 $1,041,300 $158,500 17.95% General tax rate 0.00094582 0.00090702 -0.00003880 -4.10% General tax $835 $944 $110 13.12%

Page 7 of 10



Table 9 – Impact on Typical Residential Properties – Farm Ratio 0.22


Table 11 – Impact on Typical Residential Properties – Farm Ratio 0.21


Phased CVA $252,119 $257,034 $4,915 1.95% General tax rate 0.00378327 0.00366307 -0.00012020 -3.18%General tax $954 $942 -$12 -1.29%


Phased CVA $200,000 $200,000 $0 0.00% General tax rate 0.00378327 0.00366307 -0.00012020 -3.18% General tax $757 $733 -$24 -3.18%

Single Family Detached Residential $ Change % Change




Actual PreliminaryFarm Land CVA $882,800 $1,041,300 $158,500 17.95% General tax rate 0.00094582 0.00080588 -0.00013994 -14.80% General tax $835 $839 $4 0.50%


Phased CVA $252,119 $257,034 $4,915 1.95% General tax rate 0.00378327 0.00367488 -0.00010839 -2.86% General tax rate $954 $945 -$9 -0.97%


Phased CVA $200,000 $200,000 $0 0.00% General tax rate 0.00378327 0.00367488 -0.00010839 -2.86% General tax rate $757 $735 -$22 -2.86%



Page 8 of 10




It is important to understand that in determining farmland values for properties that are farmed by the owner and/or tenant are valued based farmer-to-farmer sales. If a farm residence is occupied by the persons farming the property, a one-acre parcel of land is valued at the farmland rate. The farm residence and one-acre parcel is classified in the residential tax class. The value of the residence on the one-acre parcel is determined by establishing a replacement cost less depreciation and the land is valued as farmland. Farm Ratio Comparison with Municipal Peers As part of the additional analysis, staff were asked to survey some other upper/single-tier rural municipalities to see if 2018 farm tax ratios have been approved and, more specifically, if there have been any reductions. The following Table reflects the responses received prior to submitting this report. Table 13 – Upper Tier/Single Tier Municipalities Comparison – 2018 Farm Ratio



Tax TaxFarm Land CVA $882,800 $1,041,300 $158,500 17.95% General tax rate 0.00094582 0.00077172 -0.00017410 -18.41% General tax $835 $804 -$31 -3.76%

Municipality 2018 Farm Ratio Comments

Brant County 0.24 ApprovedBruce County 0.25 ApprovedChatham-Kent 0.22 ApprovedDufferin County 0.25 considered but not yet adoptedGrey County 0.25 to be considered March 22Huron County 0.25 ApprovedLambton County 0.226 ApprovedMiddlesex County 0.25 to be considered March 27Perth County 0.25 under review - to be considered end of April Wellington County 0.25 Approved

Page 9 of 10



Conclusions The recommendations as summarized in Table 1 were formed based on collaborative perspectives of each of the Area Municipal Treasurers and/or Tax Collectors having regard for local impacts.

County Council is responsible for tax policy decisions that are sensitive to area municipal needs and priorities on an annual basis. The Area Municipal Treasurers and Tax Collectors’ participation in forming the recommendations for 2018 tax policy has been instrumental, as has the expert analysis provided by MTE. In addition to the reports and analysis presented to County Council, the Area Municipal Treasurers and Tax Collectors are a valuable resource for Councillors seeking clarity or an understanding of how these policy decisions affect their Area Municipality.

Based on the direction from Council and through the adoption of the recommendations contained in this report, staff will prepare the appropriate by-laws for enactment at the April 11, 2018 Council meeting.

SIGNATURES Departmental Approval: Original signed by: Lynn S. Buchner, CPA, CGA Director of Corporate Services Approved for submission: Original signed by:

Peter M. Crockett, P.Eng. Chief Administrative Officer ATTACHMENT Attachment No. 1 – Excerpt from Preliminary Reassessment Impact Study Notice - Based Data Version, prepared by Municipal Tax Equity (MTE) Consultants Inc., dated November 4, 2016

Page 10 of 10

aferrell

Underline

CONFIDENTIAL PRELIMINARY ANALYSIS

© 2016 Municipal Tax Equity (MTE) Consultants Inc. Page | 11

Table 7 Progression of Preliminary Phased CVA 2017 to 2020

January 1, 2012

Base Value

Progression of CVA January 1, 2016

Destination Value / 2020 Full CVA

Realty Tax Class 2017 Phased 2018 Phased 2019 Phased

Taxable

Residential 9,211,362,750 9,363,625,487 9,598,507,439 9,833,389,388 10,068,271,337

Farm 3,432,131,800 4,181,395,025 4,931,771,950 5,682,148,875 6,432,525,800

Managed Forest 8,437,000 9,269,750 10,151,500 11,033,250 11,915,000

Multi-Residential 197,986,050 184,272,994 188,401,838 192,530,682 196,659,525

Commercial 993,509,314 1,000,831,263 1,050,057,407 1,099,283,560 1,148,509,701

Industrial 211,257,354 208,350,028 213,471,319 218,592,610 223,713,900

Large Industrial 371,090,225 371,855,975 385,799,350 399,742,725 413,686,100

Pipeline 231,964,000 236,082,750 240,201,500 244,320,250 248,439,000

Sub-Total Taxable 14,657,738,493 15,555,683,272 16,618,362,303 17,681,041,340 18,743,720,363

Payment in Lieu

Residential 1,015,600 1,121,625 1,241,950 1,362,275 1,482,600

Farm 88,000 102,450 116,900 131,350 145,800

Commercial 46,828,098 49,960,674 53,748,049 57,535,425 61,322,800

Industrial 2,394,100 2,385,350 2,477,800 2,570,250 2,662,700

Sub-Total PIL 50,325,798 53,570,099 57,584,699 61,599,300 65,613,900

Total (Taxable + PIL) 14,708,064,291 15,609,253,371 16,675,947,002 17,742,640,640 18,809,334,263

Note: Results are based on Notice Version Data and must be considered preliminary and subject to change.

Report No. CS 2018-08 Attachment No. 1

Report No: PW 2018-07

PUBLIC WORKS Council Date: March 28, 2018

Page 1 of 5


From: Director of Public Works

Contract Award for County Courthouse Roof Replacement – Phase 2

RECOMMENDATION 1. That County Council authorize a transfer of $253,532 from the Facilities reserves

to address the budget shortfall for the County Courthouse Roof Replacement Phase 2 contract.

REPORT HIGHLIGHTS In order to award the contract for the County Courthouse Roof Replacement Phase 2

project, County Council approval is required for additional funds to be transferred from the Facilities reserve to fund a budget shortfall in the amount of $253,532, necessary due to expanded project scope and revised cost estimation.

Phase 2 of this project will replace the remaining slate roof, including the copper roofing, gutters and flashing, that was not completed in Phase 1. The project is anticipated to begin in April 2018 and be completed by the end of August 2018.

Implementation Points Upon approval of the recommendations contained in this report, a contract for the above noted project will be executed with the successful contractor and a work plan will be confirmed prior to proceeding with the work.

Financial Impact The approved 2018 budget for Phase 2 of the County Courthouse Roof Replacement project is $500,000. After the budgeting process, it was identified that an additional $253,532 is required for the completion of Phase 2. This unexpected budget shortfall is the result of the following factors, which are further discussed in the background section of this report:

Report No: PW 2018-07 PUBLIC WORKS

Council Date: March 28, 2018

Page 2 of 5

An expanded project scope resulting from the identification of improperly installed waterproof membrane from 2005 on the east side of the building above Courtroom #2 which requires repair.

Revised cost estimates provided by the consultant.

The addition of a $50,000 contingency for unknown repair work which may be required. The funding sources and budget shortfall for this project are summarized in Table 1 below.

Table 1 – Funding for County Courthouse Roof Replacement – Phase 2 Project

911002–2018 COUNTY COURTHOUSE ROOF REPLACEMENT – PHASE 2 PROJECT

Description Amount

Ultimate Construction Inc. Low Bid (excl. HST) $582,500

POW Engineering (Consultant) $23,000

Non-Refundable HST (1.76%) $10,657

Contract Administration (~15%) $87,375

Project Contingency $50,000

Estimated Total Project Cost $753,532

2018 Approved Budget $500,000

Budget Shortfall $253,532

In order to proceed with awarding the contract to the lowest bid, it is recommended that the budget shortfall be funded by the Facilities reserve which has a forecasted 2018 year-end balance of $3.4 million. The Treasurer has reviewed this report and agrees with the financial impact information.

Risks/Implications Should the recommended transfer of funds not be approved, Phase 2 of the County Courthouse Roof Replacement project will not proceed, leading to further deterioration of the roof and potential increased maintenance costs resulting from the roof condition above Courthouse #2. Further, deferring this project to a new budget year will not reduce project costs, but rather, it may then also bear an inflationary increase.

This project has the potential risks that would be associated with any construction project. Construction bonds and insurance are required by the contractor to mitigate risks related to the exposure of financial loss.



Page 3 of 5



Maintaining and strengthening core infrastructure




DISCUSSION

Background Based on improvements recommended in the Courthouse Building Condition Assessment, the roof assembly was at the end of its useful life and replacement was to be carried out in multiple phases. Phase 1 of the replacement was started in the fall of 2017 and was completed in February 2018. This work primarily consisted of the replacement of a large portion of the slate roof, with the majority being on the large peaked section above Courtroom #1. Phase 2 was initially planned for 2018 and Phase 3 for 2019, which were extensions of the same scope to complete the remainder of the roof replacement. During the budget planning process in August of 2017, the scope was reviewed and it was decided to combine Phases 2 and 3 into a single Phase 2 (to be executed in 2018) in order to best optimize cost efficiencies and savings. This revised Phase 2 encompasses replacement of the remaining slate roof, as well as the copper roofing, gutters and flashing that were not completed in Phase 1. The flat roof tower insets above the south entrances that were originally detailed as Phase 3 have now been included as part of Phase 2 to maximize execution efficiencies. During the completion of Phase 1 in early 2018, significant water leaks were identified on the east side of the building above Courtroom #2, on a portion of the roof which is not included in this roof replacement project. Upon investigation it was determined that the waterproof membrane installed in 2005 was not properly secured and was allowing water to enter the attic space. Due to the time of year and the schedule implications, it was determined that a full repair was not cost effective and the repair work would be added to the Phase 2 scope since the leak could be temporarily mitigated with water collection in the attic that was monitored by County staff.



Page 4 of 5

It was also determined after the budgeting process that the consultant had made an error in their original cost estimates for Phase 2 and 3, as some of the scope was missed in the calculation. Initially their estimate of the work was $450,000 for both phases and, after revisiting this before issuing the tender, revised the estimate to roughly $600,000 (exclusive of HST). Further, due to the nature and age of the roofing system, and based on the discovery work required in Phase 1, County Staff are recommending that an additional $50,000 be requested outside the construction contract for unknown repair work that may be required. In Phase 1 the extra work required was primarily related to gutter structure and masonry degradation that was found below the roofing surfaces.

Comments

Six contractors were pre-qualified to bid on Phase 2 of the County Courthouse Roof Replacement project. Tender submissions were received and opened after the tender closed on February 28, 2018 as shown in Table 2 below.

Table 2 – Tender Submissions Received

County Courthouse Roof Replacement – Phase 2 Project

CONTRACTOR BID AMOUNT

(HST Included)

Ultimate Construction Inc. $658,225.00

Roof Tile Management Inc. $817,103.00

Heritage Restoration Inc. Incomplete Bid

Semple Gooder Roofing Corp. Incomplete Bid

Staff have reviewed the submissions and confirmed that the low bid received from Ultimate Construction Inc., in the amount of $658,225 (inclusive of HST), represents good value for the work. Further, Ultimate Construction Inc. was the contractor that completed Phase 1 of the roof replacement and is therefore familiar with the building. This project is anticipated to start in April 2018 and be completed by end of August 2018.



Page 5 of 5

Conclusion Staff review of the bid submissions have confirmed that the proposed bid is fair and reasonable in light of the additional scope that was added to this project after the original 2018 budget had been approved. As such, it is appropriate to transfer funds from the Facilities reserve in order to award the contract and complete the replacement of the roofing system to avoid further damage or deterioration to the building.

SIGNATURES

Report Author: Original signed by:

Mike Amy, FMP Supervisor of Facilities

Departmental Approval: Original signed by: David Simpson, P.Eng., PMP Director of Public Works

Approved for Submission: Original signed by:


Report No: DEPT. PW 2018-08


Page 1 of 7



2017 Annual Waste Management Reports

RECOMMENDATION 1. That County Council receive Report No. PW 2018-08 titled “2017 Annual Waste

Management Reports” as information.

REPORT HIGHLIGHTS In accordance with regulatory requirements, Oxford County is required to prepare and

submit Annual Waste Management Reports on the performance of its Waste Management Facilities and Waste Management Operations to the Ministry of Environment and Climate Change (MOECC). The 2017 performance findings are being presented to County Council prior to submission to the MOECC, along with Blue Box performance monitoring as per Municipal Datacall Best Practices.

In 2017, the quantities of waste processed at the Oxford County Waste Management Facilities (approximately 63,000 tonnes) and curbside residential waste diversion rate (estimated at approximately 59%) were similar to that in 2016, with no change in the estimated service life expectancy of the landfill to 2063.

Oxford County Waste Management Facilities and Operations provided effective service in 2017 and operated in general compliance with applicable regulations.

Implementation Points The 2017 annual reports will be submitted to the MOECC and posted on Oxford County’s website for public access.

Financial Impact There are no financial impacts as a result of this report. Any required actions that will result in expenditures have been accounted for in the 2018 Operating or Capital Budget for Waste Management. The Treasurer has reviewed this report and agrees with the financial impact information.



Page 2 of 7

Risks/Implications To remain compliant with regulatory requirements, the County must submit 2017 Annual Waste Management Reports to the MOECC before the required regulatory dates. These dates are different for the various facilities and operations, however, they are typically within 90 days of year end.






5. i. A County that Performs and Delivers Results – Enhance our customer service focus and responsiveness to our municipal partners and the public by:

- Implementing clearly defined customer service standards and expectations

5. ii. A County that Performs and Delivers Results - Deliver exceptional services by:

- Regularly reviewing service level standards to assess potential for improved access to services / amenities

- Developing and tracking key performance indicators against goals and report results - Identify best practices and appropriate benchmarking

DISCUSSION

Background In accordance with regulatory requirements, 2017 Annual Waste Management Reports on the performance of Oxford County’s Waste Management Facilities and Waste Management Operations have been prepared for submission to the MOECC. The regulatory requirements of the Annual Waste Management Reports are set out in the Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA), Certificate of Approval (CofA), or by Government Regulation for the particular waste management facility or operation. The pertinent Government Regulation or requirement is included in each Annual Waste Management Report.



Page 3 of 7

The reports generally include items such as:

Received or processed material totals for the year.

Mapping of facilities showing activities.

A summary of facility equipment and staffing.

A summary of operations including operating hours and municipalities serviced.

A summary of services provided.

A summary of changes in operations from previous years.

A description of problems encountered and corrective actions taken.

A record of any complaints received and corrective actions or responses.

A summary and interpretation of all monitoring data required.

Recommendations on environmental compliance. In addition, municipalities are required to prepare and present Blue Box performance monitoring findings for all County funded Waste Management Programs to Council annually, as per Municipal Datacall Best Practices (BP).

Comments

Summary of County Wide Waste Generation As shown in Figure 1 below, approximately 91,300 tonnes of waste was generated in Oxford County in 2017. Of this, roughly 63,000 tonnes of waste was received at the Oxford County Waste Management Facility for processing and management while the remaining 28,300 tonnes was exported out-of-County to recycling markets or to private landfills as shown below.

Figure 1: Oxford County Waste Generation



Page 4 of 7

2017 Annual Waste Management Reports The County’s Annual Waste Management Reports for 2017 have been made available to the public through the publishing of the Council agenda and, following Council adoption of this report, will be individually posted on the Oxford County Website in the following location: www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-you/Waste-management/Resources. The reports are listed and linked below, followed by a summary section for each.

Oxford County Waste Management Facility, Salford 2017 Operations and Monitoring Report.

Holbrook Landfill (Closed) 2017 Water Monitoring Report.

2017 Blue Box Waste Management System Annual Report.

Permanent Household Hazardous Waste (HHW) Depot Annual Report 2017.

2017 Leaf and Yard Waste System Annual Report.

2017 Annual Report Landfill Gas Collection and Flaring System, Oxford County Waste Management Facility, Salford, Ontario.

Oxford County Waste Management Facility, Salford 2017 Operations and Monitoring Report

Approximately 63,000 tonnes of material was received at the site with 22,000 tonnes being diverted and recycled.

There was an increase of 9% in the number of vehicles using the site in 2017 (increase of 16% over 2016).

The estimated landfill site service life as of December 31, 2017 is estimated at 46 years (2063).

No influences of leachate in the groundwater at the site boundaries.

Private well monitoring showed no landfill influence.

Stormwater management facility maintenance cleaning is scheduled for summer, 2018.

Passive ventilation was added to transfer station attendant booth as per MOECC request.

The site operated in full compliance of the ECA. Holbrook Landfill (Closed) 2017 Water Monitoring Report

Site has been closed since 1986.

On September 8, 2016, the MOECC issued a new updated ECA for the site. The ECA requires that the County owned buffer lands to the east of the site be surveyed and legally added to the ECA as a Contaminant Attenuation Zone on title for the property. This has been completed.

The new ECA also required the County to submit a closure plan for the site, including an updated monitoring plan, to the MOECC, before July 15, 2017. The closure plan was submitted to the MOECC before the July 15, 2017 deadline. Comments were received from the MOECC in February of 2018 and were addressed by staff. The closure plan was also amended by staff to include all-terrain vehicle (ATV) use, as part of the request by the Great Lakes ATV club to utilize the site and authorized by County Council in Report PW 2017-55. Subsequently, the MOECC issued an amended ECA, dated March 6, 2018, that incorporates the closure plan.

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-you/Waste-management/Resources

http://oxfordcounty.ca/portals/15/documents/council/attachments/Salford2017full.pdf

http://oxfordcounty.ca/portals/15/documents/council/attachments/Salford2017full.pdf

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Portals/15/Documents/Council/Attachments/Holbrook%20Landfill%20(closed)%202017%20Water%20Monitoring%20Report.pdf

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Portals/15/Documents/Council/Attachments/Year%20End%20Blue%20Box%20System%20Report%202017.pdf

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Portals/15/Documents/Council/Attachments/HHW%20Annual%20Report%202017.pdf

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Portals/15/Documents/Council/Attachments/HHW%20Annual%20Report%202016(1).pdf

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Portals/15/Documents/Council/Attachments/HHW%20Annual%20Report%202016(1).pdf

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Portals/15/Documents/Council/Attachments/2017%20Annual%20Report%20Landfill%20Gas%20Collection%20and%20Flaring%20System%20Oxford%20County%20Waste%20Management%20Facility%20Salford%20Ontario.pdf

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Portals/15/Documents/Council/Attachments/2017%20Annual%20Report%20Landfill%20Gas%20Collection%20and%20Flaring%20System%20Oxford%20County%20Waste%20Management%20Facility%20Salford%20Ontario.pdf

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/portals/15/Documents/News%20Room/7162_0_Oct_25_2017_Agenda_version01.pdf#page+43

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/portals/15/Documents/News%20Room/7162_0_Oct_25_2017_Agenda_version01.pdf#page+43



Page 5 of 7

No indication of leachate influence in the deeper groundwater flow at the site boundaries in 2017.

Private well monitoring showed no landfill influence. 2017 Blue Box Waste Management System Annual Report 1

Oxford County Waste Management provided curbside garbage and recycling to all 8 Municipalities in Oxford County.

Collection was done through a private contractor, HGC Management Inc. (for 6 of the Municipalities), and by Municipal workers in Woodstock and South-West Oxford.

Collection of garbage and recycling is offered to all residents including multi-residential and the business community, provided they meet the requirements of the programs.

Collection of blue box is currently 2-stream bi-weekly in the City of Woodstock and weekly in the County collection area. The township of South-West Oxford continues on a 6-business day collection of garbage and single-stream recycling. Alternative depot locations that receive blue box material are located at the City of Woodstock (955 James Street) and the Oxford County Waste Management Facility (384060 Salford Road).

7,323 tonnes of residential blue box material was collected (2% decrease from 2016).

15,343 tonnes of waste and large article material was collected (increase of 4% from 2016).

The residential diversion rate is estimated to be 59% and will be confirmed when the 2017 Datacall is submitted in April, 2018.

The waste residual rate of 2017 blue box material that was unrecyclable was 6%.

1 Includes Appendix D: Waste Diversion Achievement - 2017 Year End Report

Permanent Household Hazardous Waste (HHW) Depot Annual Report 2017

The Depot opened at the Oxford County Waste Management Facility in January, 2009.

The Depot was open 300 days in 2017, servicing 3,278 customers (a decrease of 30% from 2016) and receiving 131 tonnes (a decrease of 5% from 2016) of HHW.

No complaints, operational concerns or adverse environmental impacts occurred. 2017 Leaf and Yard Waste System Annual Report

Oxford County funded 100% of the leaf and yard waste program in 2017.

Oxford County operates and funds 11 brush, leaf, and yard waste depots throughout the County. These depots are free to residents of Oxford County. Hours at the depots vary from municipality to municipality.

8,884 tonnes of yard waste was received at the Compost Facility located at the Oxford County Waste Management Facility at 384060 Salford Road.

5,866 tonnes of brush was received at the Brush Facility located at the Oxford County Waste Management Facility at 384060 Salford Road.



Page 6 of 7

Home composters are sold throughout Oxford County at a subsidized price of $10.00 each.

Green cones are sold at a subsidized price of $40.00 each.

642 composters and green cones were sold. 2017 Annual Report Landfill Gas Collection and Flaring System - Oxford County Waste Management Facility Salford, Ontario

The flare ran at an average of 156 cubic feet of gas volume per minute in 2017.

The average methane by volume was 34.2% in 2017.

The landfill gas collection system successfully controlled emissions in 2017.

Current volumes and concentrations of gas are low.

Gas volumes and concentrations have decreased significantly since 2010 due to the decreased volume of wastes being landfilled and the removal of biosolids, leaf/yard waste and construction and demolition material from the Landfill.

Advancing Zero Waste As noted previously, about 41,000 tonnes (~65%) of the 63,000 tonnes of mixed solid waste received at the Oxford County Waste Management Facility was landfilled in 2017. At this current rate of waste disposal, the estimated service life expectancy of the landfill is 2063. To achieve Council’s commitment to Zero Waste and to extend the landfill life from 2063 to 2100, technological intervention will be necessary to recover at least 90% of materials currently being landfilled by 2025 as proposed in Report PW 2018-05. Upon potential Council endorsement of the recommended Waste Recovery and Reduction Technology in 2019, the subsequent implementation of this technology will target to reduce the amount of mixed solid waste being landfilled at the Oxford County Waste Management Facility to 10% or less (~4,100 tonnes) by the year 2025.

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/portals/15/Documents/News%20Room/11982_0_Mar_14_2018_Agenda_version01.pdf#Page=67



Page 7 of 7

Conclusions The 2017 Annual Waste Management Reports illustrate that the Oxford County Waste Management Facilities and Operations performed well in 2017 and met all Governmental requirements in 2017. All of the County Waste Management Facilities and Operations provided effective service in 2017. The initial increase in the amount of recyclables collected through the single-stream collection has stabilized and there were few collection issues in 2017. The new 6 business day collection system in South-West Oxford continues to work well with general acceptance by the residents. Waste Management staff will continue to work with area municipalities to improve operations and service levels while evaluating the effect on County programs due to the proposed Provincial Blue-Box and Organics collection requirements, and the work being proposed through the Zero Waste initiatives.

SIGNATURES

Report Author: Original signed by: Dave Vermeeren Supervisor of Waste Management

Departmental Approval: Original signed by: David Simpson. P. Eng., PMP Director of Public Works

Approved for submission: Original signed by:


PW 2018-09


Page 1 of 8



2017 Annual Wastewater System Performance

RECOMMENDATIONS 1. That County Council receive Report PW 2018-09 titled “2017 Annual Wastewater

System Performance”, including the individual 2017 Annual Wastewater Treatment Plant Summary Reports;

2. And further, that County Council receive the 2017 Annual Biosolids (Non-

Agricultural Source Material) Summary Report, including the performance summary of the County’s wastewater treatment plant biosolids processing, land application program and biosolids centralized storage facility (BCSF).

REPORT HIGHLIGHTS In accordance with Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA) regulatory requirements,

Oxford County is required to prepare and submit, to the Ministry of Environment and Climate Change (MOECC), an Annual Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) Report on the performance of its nine (9) municipal wastewater treatment systems, including any spills or bypasses from the collection systems, and an Annual Biosolids Report on the performance of its WWTP biosolids processing and biosolids centralized storage facility (BCSF). The 2017 performance findings are being presented to County Council prior to submission to the MOECC.

Based on approximately 2,000 WWTP effluent samples collected and analyzed in 2017, seven (7) of the nine (9) County municipal wastewater systems achieved 100 percent compliance ratings (two systems received compliance ratings of 99 percent).

Oxford County WWTP’s provided effective treatment and demonstrated continued

exceptional wastewater performance in 2017. All biosolids generated in Oxford County WWTP’s and applied on agricultural lands in 2017 met the Nutrient Management Act (NMA) regulations.



Page 2 of 8

Implementation Points

Following Council adoption of this report, the 2017 Annual Reports will be submitted to the MOECC and will be posted on Oxford County’s website for public access.

Financial Impact

There are no financial impacts as a result of this report. Any required actions that will result in expenditures have been accounted for in the 2018 Operating and Capital Budgets of the respective wastewater system.

The Treasurer has reviewed this report and agrees with the financial impact information.

Risks/Implications

To remain compliant with the ECA regulatory requirements for each wastewater facility, the County must submit the 2017 Annual WWTP Summary and Annual Biosolids Reports to the MOECC within 90 days of year-end (i.e. March 31, 2018).

Strategic Plan (2015-2018)

County Council adopted the County of Oxford Strategic Plan (2015-2018) at its regular meeting held May 27, 2015. The initiative contained within this report supports the Values and Strategic Directions as set out in the Strategic Plan as it pertains to the following Strategic Directions:


- Maintaining and strengthening core infrastructure

5. ii. A County that Performs and Delivers Results - Deliver exceptional services by:

- Developing and tracking key performance indicators against goals and report results

DISCUSSION

Background

Oxford County wastewater treatment, biosolids management, and wastewater collection systems are all supervised by an appropriately licensed Overall Responsible Operators (ORO) and designated Operators in Charge (OIC). In addition, the County systems are staffed with trained licensed Operators, as required by Regulation.



Page 3 of 8

Wastewater Treatment and Biosolids Processing Systems

Oxford County operates and maintains:

Three (3) conventional WWTPs (Woodstock, Ingersoll, Tillsonburg).

One (1) extended air WWTP (Thamesford).

One (1) wastewater Sequencing Batch Reactor (SBR) plant (Drumbo).

Three (3) wastewater lagoon based systems (Norwich, Plattsville, Tavistock).

One (1) Recirculating Sand Filter (RSF) wastewater system (Mount Elgin).

Wastewater from the communities of Embro and Innerkip is transferred via a sewage forcemain to Woodstock WWTP for treatment.

At the three (3) conventional WWTPs, waste sludge generated during wastewater treatment is stabilized and dewatered through either aerobic or anaerobic digestion. The remaining product, known as biosolids, is a valuable and beneficial fertilizer-like soil nutrient which can be land applied in the agricultural sector (i.e. farms having a non-agricultural source material (NASM) plan) as per the Oxford County Biosolids Management Master Plan (BMMP). When the material cannot be directly land applied during the winter months, biosolids are stored at the County’s BCSF located near Salford adjacent to the Oxford County Waste Management Facility.

Wastewater Collection Systems

Oxford County owns eleven (11) sewage collection systems, nine (9) of which are also operated and maintained by Oxford County. The remaining two (2) are operated and maintained by the City of Woodstock and the Town of Tillsonburg under contract with Oxford County.

The wastewater collection systems include approximately 600 kms of sanitary sewers and forcemains, twenty-seven (27) sewage pumping stations and two (2) odour control facilities. Additionally, the County operates a private sewage pumping station at the eastbound 401 Service Centre under contract with the owner.

Wastewater Reporting Requirements

The annual reporting requirements are set out in each wastewater facility’s ECA and are generally outlined as follows:

Preparation and submission of the report to the District Manager of the MOECC within90 days following the end of the period being reported on (which is March 31st sinceDecember 31st is the County’s year end).

A summary and interpretation of all monitoring data and a comparison to the effluentlimits set out in the ECA.

A description of any operating problems encountered and corrective actions taken.

A summary of all maintenance carried out on any major structure or equipment.

A summary of any effluent quality assurance or control measures undertaken.

A summary of the calibration and maintenance carried out on all effluent monitoringequipment.

A tabulation of all generated biosolids and a summary of all disposal locations.



Page 4 of 8

A summary of any complaints, abnormal events, upset conditions, by-passes or spills.

Any other information specifically required by the District Manager.

Comments

2017 Annual WWTP System Summary Reports

The individual WWTP reports will be available for review by the public on the County’s website at http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports by March 31, 2018.

While the full details are provided in the individual WWTP reports (Attachment 1), the overall WWTP system highlights include:

Eleven (11) communities were served through nine (9) separate wastewater systems.

Approximately 15 million cubic metres of wastewater were responsibly treated.

Approximately 2,000 WWTP effluent samples were collected and analyzed, from whichan overall facility ECA compliance percentage of 99.8 percent (5 failed samples) wasachieved.

WWTP facilities were also largely compliant with the MOECC effluent objectives (whichserve as early warning indicators and operational flags that staff monitor in order toensure that ECA effluent compliance limits are not exceeded).

Four (4) wastewater collection system incidents which resulted in minor sewagedischarges to the environment.

The following sections provide summaries of the performance of each respective WWTP system:

Drumbo SBR

The Drumbo SBR was 100 percent compliant with all its regulatory effluent limits.

MOECC imposed more stringent effluent discharge limits and objectives in 2017following a rerating of the WTTP capacity.

Plant optimization and expansion is ongoing to increase plant capacity and ability tomeet updated MOECC regulatory limits and objectives.

Tillsonburg WWTP

The Tillsonburg WWTP was 99 percent compliant with its regulatory limits for allparameters in the effluent discharged to Big Otter Creek (one exception being Augustaverage monthly concentration of Total Suspended Solids (TSS) was 27 mg/L versuscompliance limit of 25 mg/L).

Treatment performance impacted by periodic receipt of high strength wastewater effluent(pH, BOD, TSS) from an industry discharge source. Staff are working with the industrysource to address concerns and avoid further exceedances of their approved Over-strength Agreement with the County and the County’s Sewer Use By-Law.

Undertaking a sludge handling study with University of Waterloo to characterize thecurrent performance of small WWTPs with respect to a number of sustainability



Page 5 of 8

performance indicators and assess whether the introduction of innovative technologies might enhance the sustainability of operations.

Ingersoll WWTP

The Ingersoll WWTP was 100 percent compliant with all its regulatory limits.

All effluent discharge objectives were met with the exception of three (3) singleoccasions (CBOD, TSS).

Plant optimization and expansion work ongoing with target completion Spring, 2018.

Raw sewage spill of approximately 1,000 litres occurred on June 26, 2017 which wascaused by construction activity damaging the plant influent pipe. MOECC were notifiedof the spill which was responsively contained and treated on-site.

Norwich Lagoon

The Norwich Lagoons were 100 percent compliant with all its regulatory limits.

A number of discharge effluent objectives were exceeded on twelve (12) differentoccasions (NH3-N, TP, BOD). The operational performance has been somewhatstressed due to lagoon level management related to construction and repairs needed bythe system. It is anticipated that these performance disturbances will cease upon thecompletion of construction in late Spring, 2018.

Approximately 1,000 tonnes of biosolids were removed from the Lagoon and blendedwith existing biosolids at the BCSF for land application in 2018.

Plattsville Lagoon

The Plattsville WWTP met 100 percent of its regulatory compliance limits for allparameters in the effluent discharged to the Nith River.

A few discharge effluent objectives were exceeded on three (3) different occasions(TSS, CBOD).

Optimization and composite correctional program (CCP) initiatives of the Grand RiverConservation Authority have been applied to our Plattsville Lagoon.

Tavistock Lagoon

The Tavistock WWTP met 100 percent of its regulatory limits for all parameters in theeffluent discharged to the Thames River.

All effluent discharge objectives were met with the exception of two occasions (TSS).

Thamesford WWTP

The Thamesford WWTP met 99 percent of its regulatory limits for all parameters in theeffluent discharged to the Thames River (one exception of a single sample event relatedto a chlorine residual over the limit of 0.02 mg/L (March 31, 2017) which was caused bya faulty chlorine dosage communication cable which was replaced.

A few discharge effluent objectives (TP) were exceeded on four (4) different occasions.



Page 6 of 8

Woodstock WWTP

The Woodstock WWTP met 100% of its regulatory limits and objectives for allparameters in the effluent discharged to the Thames River.

There is a pilot optimization project underway with the MOECC to improve solidsbalance across the anaerobic digesters by measuring side streams and solids levels inan effort to gage the volatile solids destruction across the units and their currentcapacity.

Mount Elgin WWTP

There are no effluent limits for the system, however, the ECA requires Oxford County touse best efforts to operate the sewage treatment facility with the objective that theconcentrations of both CBOD5 and Suspended Solids do not exceed 10 mg/L in theeffluent ahead of the subsurface disposal system.

All effluent discharge objectives were met.

Collection System Performance

In 2017, there were four (4) minor incidents involving the collection systems which resulted in discharges to the environment as summarized in the table below. These incidents were reported to the MOECC at the time of occurrence and, the root cause was identified, analyzed, and addressed to prevent future occurrences as shown in the corrective actions undertaken below.

Overflow/Spill Incident Corrective Action Taken System Affected

Estimated Volume (m3)

Large storm event causing sewer to overflow.

Report to MOECC. Provided information to City of Woodstock staff as Operating Authority.

Woodstock 100

Leaking service connection on customer’s property.

A contractor working for the customer removed the contaminated soil and repaired the leak.

Mount Elgin 0.5

A sewer forcemain leak due to a break in the pipe.

Cleaned the spill area and repaired the broken pipe.

Plattsville 5

A sewer forcemain leak due to damage from a third party contractor.

Cleaned the spill area and repaired the broken forcemain at the contractors cost.

Ingersoll 10



Page 7 of 8

2017 Annual Biosolids (Non-Agricultural Source Material) Summary Report

The 2017 Biosolids Summary report will be available for review by the public on the County’s website at http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports by March 31, 2018.

The Annual Biosolids (Non-Agricultural Source Material) Report (Attachment 2) provides the required detail regarding the biosolids program to the MOECC regarding the amounts of biosolids generated at each WWTP, the quantities transported, the quantities stored at the BCSF, and the quality and quantities of biosolids reused beneficially as a nutrient on agricultural

land.

Biosolids Generation

In 2017, there were over 5,100 wet tonnes of dewatered biosolids generated by the Woodstock, Ingersoll and Tillsonbury WWTPs. The Thamesford WWTP generated over 1,100 m³ of liquid biosolids while approximately 1,000 m³ of raw sludge was transported from the Drumbo WWTP to the Woodstock WWTP for primary sludge co-thickening.

Land Application Program

In 2017, there were over 5,000 wet tonnes of dewatered biosolids land applied and over 1,100 m³ of liquid biosolids utilized for its nutrient value. The quality of biosolids from all facilities were compliant with the Nutrient Management Act (NMA) regulations governing NASM.

Biosolids Centralized Storage Facility

When the material cannot be directly land applied during the winter months, biosolids are stored at the County’s BCSF which is designed to provide a minimum of 240 days storage. As part of funding received through the Clean Water and Wastewater Fund, the capacity of the BCSF is currently being expanded in order to store up to approximately 7,000 m³ of biosolids material. This facility was fully inspected and cleaned in June, 2017. There were no upsets/spills during operation in 2017 and no complaints (i.e. odour) were received.

The regular application of Oxford County Sewer Use By-law serves to actively monitor the quality and quantity of biosolids produced. Should any biosolids material be determined to be non-compliant, it can be removed from the BCSF and taken to landfill to ensure it is not mixed with compliant biosolids destined for land application.



Page 8 of 8

Conclusions

The 2017 Annual WWTP and Biosolids Summary Reports demonstrate the continued outstanding performance of the County’s wastewater systems. Issues that arose were generally minor in nature and were resolved in a timely fashion. All biosolids generated in Oxford County Wastewater Treatment Plants and applied on agricultural lands in 2017 met the Nutrient Management Act (NMA) regulations.

SIGNATURES

Report Author:

Original signed by:

Deborah Goudreau, P.Eng. Manager of Water and Wastewater Services

Departmental Approval:

Original signed by:

David Simpson, P.Eng., PMP Director of Public Works


Original signed by:


ATTACHMENTS

Attachment 1: 2017 Annual WWTP Treatment Summary Reports Attachment 2: 2017 Annual Biosolids (Non-Agricultural Source Material) Summary Report

Drumbo Wastewater Treatment Plant | D1

2017 ANNUAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEM SUMMARY REPORT

Drumbo Wastewater Treatment Plant

1. General Information

Oxford County prepares individual annual reports summarizing each wastewater treatment plant’s operation and treated effluent discharge quality for the nine wastewater treatment plants it owns and operates. The reports detail the latest quality testing results and quantity statistics and any non-compliance conditions that may have occurred. They are available for review by the end of February on the internet at www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports or by contacting the Public Works Department.

All efforts have been made to ensure the information presented in this report is as accurate as possible. If you have any questions or comments concerning the report, please contact the County of Oxford at the address and phone number listed below or by email at [email protected].

Wastewater Treatment Plant: Drumbo Wastewater Treatment Plant

Wastewater Treatment Plant Number: 120002479

Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA) #8752-9Q4H96 (February 9, 2015)

Wastewater Treatment Plant Owner & Contact Information:

Oxford County Public Works Department P.O. Box 1614, 21 Reeve Street Woodstock, ON N4S 7Y3 Telephone: 519-539-9800 | Toll Free: 866-537-7778

Reporting Period: January 1, 2017 – December 31, 2017

1.1. System Description

The Drumbo Sequencing Batch Reactor (SBR) is a Class II rated treatment facility servicing the village of Drumbo. The SBR plant consists of two alternating reactors, pressure filters and ultra-violet light for disinfection, with an outfall pipe to a wetland area which discharges to the Cowan Drain. Oxford County operates the plant, utilizing the staff located at the Woodstock WWTP. Biosolids are temporarily stored at the Drumbo WWTP and routinely transported to the Woodstock WWTP for digestion.

A standby generator is available to run the onsite water facility and the SBR in the event of a power failure. The system is maintained by licensed wastewater treatment system operators and licensed mechanics that operate, monitor, and maintain the treatment equipment, in accordance to the regulations, and collect samples as required by the ECA. Alarms automatically notify operators in the event of failure of critical operational requirements.

The facility provided effective wastewater treatment in 2017, as demonstrated by the table below.

Facility Drumbo Wastewater Treatment Plant

Design Capacity 300 m3/d

2017 Average Daily Flow 274 m3/d

2017 Maximum Daily Flow 739 m3/d

2017 Total Volume of Wastewater 99,948 m3/year

Attachment 1 to PW 2018-09March 28, 2018

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports


mailto:[email protected]


2. Summary and Interpretation of Monitoring Data

2.1. Effluent Quality Assurance and Control Measures

Sampling Procedure

Influent samples are taken using a 24-hour composite sampler on a monthly basis from the transfer tank. This tank receives flow from the trash tank, which holds most of the daily flow.

Effluent samples are taken weekly using a 24-hour composite sampler installed so as to sample during periods of flow from either of the two reactors. Samples are taken on site and tested for pH, dissolved oxygen, and temperature.

Laboratory and Field Testing

Laboratory analysis is performed by SGS Lakefield Research Ltd. on all samples that are reported for compliance except for pH, DO, chlorine residual, and temperature which are analyzed in the field.

2.2. Plant Performance & Effluent Quality

The Drumbo WWTP provided effective treatment in 2017 meeting all its regulatory limits for all effluent parameter. On a weekly basis, the Operator measures pH of both the influent and effluent streams. There was no single pH result for the effluent outside the discharge limit of 6 - 9.5 in 2017. Analyses results are summarized below.

Graphs of discharge parameters versus effluent discharge limits are included in this report in Appendix A. Influent wastewater characteristics and effluent discharge values are presented in the tables below.

Influent Wastewater Characteristics

Parameter Concentration mg/L Loading kg/d

BOD5 124 34

Total Suspended Solids 82 22

Total Phosphorus 4 1

Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 29 8

Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency

ECA Effluent Limit (Monthly Average) (milligram per liter unless

otherwise indicated)

Monthly Average Result Min-Max

(milligram per liter unless otherwise

indicated)

Percentage Removal

CBOD5 weekly 9.3 2.3 – 7.7 92.1 – 97.7

Total Suspended Solids

weekly 9.3 2.0 – 7.0 91.5 – 97.6

Total Phosphorus weekly 0.46 0.1 - 0.2 95.0 – 97.5

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (May 1 to October 31)

weekly 2.7 0.73 – 1.72 --

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (Nov. 1 to April 30)

weekly 4.5 1.23 – 3.28 --

E. coli weekly 200 organisms/100 mL

(monthly Geometric Mean Density)

2 – 13.5 organisms/100 mL

--

DO weekly 5.0 or higher 6.4 - 9.2 --


pH any single sample

weekly 6.0 - 9.5 6.9 – 7.9 --

2.3. Effluent Objectives

Objectives are non-enforceable effluent quality values which the owner is obligated to use best efforts to strive towards achieving on an ongoing basis. These objectives (summarized below) are to be used as a mechanism to trigger corrective action proactively, and voluntarily before environmental impairment occurs and before the compliance limits are exceeded.

The following table presents the range of effluent discharge values vs. ECA Objectives.

Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency

Monthly Average Objective Concentration

(milligram per liter unless otherwise indicated)



CBOD5 weekly 4.7 2.3 – 7.7


weekly 4.7 2.0 – 7.0

Total Phosphorus weekly 0.27 0.1 - 0.2

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (May 1 to October 31)

weekly 1.8 0.73 – 1.72

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (Nov. 1 to April 30)

weekly 3.6 1.23 – 3.28

E. coli weekly 150 organisms/100 mL


2 – 13.5 organisms/100 mL

DO weekly 6 or higher 6.4 - 9.2


weekly 6.5 - 8.5 6.9 – 7.9

Exceedances of the Objects in the 2017 monthly average results included the following:

Month Parameter Objective (mg/L) Monthly Average Result (mg/L)

January INF. FLOW 300 m3/d 330 m3/d

CBOD5 4.7 7.7

TSS 4.7 7.0

February INF. FLOW 300 m3/d 304 m3/d

March INF. FLOW 300 m3/d 342 m3/d

April INF. FLOW 300 m3/d 394 m3/d

May INF. FLOW 300 m3/d 356 m3/d

TSS 4.7 5.8

June TSS 4.7 7.0

July TSS 4.7 5.3

September TSS 4.7 4.8

November TSS 4.7 6.0

December TSS 4.7 5.6


3. Overflows, Bypassing, Upsets, Spills, and Abnormal Conditions

The Drumbo SBR is nearing its rated capacity and as such achieving the treatment objectives is occasionally challenging. The County is currently undertaking a Class Environmental Assessment to expand the treatment facility to address the constraints.

4. Maintenance of Works

The operating and maintenance staff conducts regularly scheduled maintenance of the plant equipment. The Plant utilizes a database system to issue work orders and maintain records for regular maintenance and repair at the wastewater treatment facility.

5. Monitoring Equipment Maintenance and Calibration

Calibration of flow meters is conducted yearly by Flowmetrics Technical Services Inc. in accordance with the requirements of the ECA. The records are kept on-site at the Plant.

All other operational monitoring equipment is calibrated by staff and records are kept on-site at the Plant.

6. Biosolids 2017

Co-thickened primary sludge is transported to Woodstock WWTP for further treatment.

Biosolids are anaerobically digested and dewatered at the Woodstock WWTP using two Alfa-Laval Centrifuges. The biosolids are then stored at the Oxford County Biosolids Centralized Storage Facility (BCSF) prior to land application. The sampling results and land application details are summarized in a separate Biosolids Annual report, available at www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports.

7. Audits, Pilots, and Trials

The Ministry of Environment and Climate Change (MOECC) did not conduct a facility inspection in 2017. The

MOECC inspections typically occur on a 3-year schedule.

The plant was included in the Annual Watershed WWTP Performance Report of the Grand River Conservation

Authority (GRCA). Oxford County continues to supply data voluntarily and sit with the wastewater group at their

regular meetings at the GRCA.



APPENDIX A: GRAPHS OF 2017 DISCHARGE PARAMETERS VS. EFFLUENT DISCHARGE LIMITS

322304

342

394

356

242 236

213204 198

242 234

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

Cu

bic

Mete

rs p

er

Day

Month

Drumbo WWTP, Monthly Average Daily Flow in Cubic Meters per Day, 2017

Monthly AverageDaily FlowAverage Day Design

Re-rated Flow Criteria 300 m³/d

0.0

50.0

100.0

150.0

200.0


Eff

luen

t E

. co

li (

#/1

00 m

L)

Month

Drumbo WWTP Effluent, Monthly Geometric Mean Density E. coli (#/100 mL), 2017

E.Coli (#/100 mL)

Criteria (#/100 mL)


0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0


Eff

lue

nt

TP

(m

g/L

)

Month

Drumbo WWTP Effluent , Monthly AverageTP (mg/L), 2017

Total P (mg/L)

Criteria

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0


Eff

luen

t A

mm

on

ia (

mg

/L)

Month

Drumbo WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average Ammonia (mg/L), 2017

AMMONIA (mg/L)

Criteria Winter

Criteria Summer

Re-rated Capacity

Re-rated Capacity Re-rated Capacity

Re-rated Capacity


0

5

10

15

20


Eff

luen

t T

SS

(m

g/L

)

Month

Drumbo WWTP Effluent. Monthly Average TSS (mg/L), 2017

TSS (mg/L)

Criteria

Re-rated Capacity

Ingersoll Wastewater Treatment Plant | I1


Ingersoll Wastewater Treatment Plant


Oxford County prepares individual annual reports summarizing each wastewater treatment plant’s operation and treated effluent discharge quality for the nine wastewater treatment plants it owns and operates. The reports detail the latest quality testing results and quantity statistics and any non-compliance conditions that may have occurred. They are available for review by the end of March on the internet at www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports or by contacting the Public Works Department.


Wastewater Treatment Plant: Ingersoll Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP)


Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA) #1614-A28P9L


Oxford County Public Works Department P.O. Box 1614, 21 Reeve Street Woodstock ON N4S 7Y3 Telephone: 519-539-9800 | Toll Free: 866-537-7778



The Ingersoll WWTP is a Class III rated treatment facility and provides wastewater treatment for residential, commercial, and industrial users in the Town of Ingersoll. It also provides treatment for septic tank waste, hauled waste, holding tank waste, and landfill leachate from within Oxford County.

The two treatment trains within the Ingersoll WWTP began operation in 1947 and 1974. Both are conventional activated sludge plants consisting of primary and secondary treatment sharing an ultraviolet light disinfection system and a single discharge point into the Thames River. The plant utilizes anaerobic digestion followed by dewatering to produce stabilized biosolids. The biosolids are then transported to dedicated offsite storage prior to beneficial reuse on agricultural land.

A standby generator is available to run the onsite Ingersoll Main Lift Station in the event of a power failure. The system is maintained by licensed wastewater system operators and licensed mechanics that operate, monitor, and maintain the treatment equipment, in accordance to the regulations, and collect samples as required by the ECA. Alarms automatically notify operators in the event of failure of critical operational requirements.

The wastewater treatment plant is located at 56 McKeand St., Ingersoll, Ontario. The Facility description is provided below.

Facility Ingersoll Wastewater Treatment Plant

Design Capacity 10,230 m3/d

2017 Average Daily Flow 7,291 m3/d





2017 Maximum Daily Flow 26,769 m3/d

2017 Total Volume of Wastewater 2,659,704 m3/year

2017 Total Received Hauled Waste 18,630 m3/year (leachate only)

Since 2015, the Ingersoll WWTP has been undergoing several upgrades to increase the capacity of the plant. The construction work is expected to be completed in 2018.

2. Summary and Interpretation of Monitoring Data 2.1. Effluent Quality Assurance and Control Measures Sampling Procedure Influent samples are collected monthly and effluent samples are collected weekly using a composite sampler over a 24-hour period. Raw sewage samples are collected at the main lift station located on-site; the sample is drawn after the lift station pumps and prior to the primary tanks of either plant. Effluent is sampled directly from the combined flow after it leaves the UV disinfection system prior to final discharge and comprises the final treated effluent sample for the entire facility. Laboratory and Field Testing Laboratory analysis is performed by SGS Lakefield Research Ltd. on all samples that are reported for compliance except for pH, DO, and temperature which are field collected. All other in-house testing is done for process control, the results of which are not included in this report. 2.2. Plant Performance & Effluent Quality The Ingersoll WWTP provided effective treatment in 2017 meeting all its regulatory limits for all parameters in the Plant effluent discharged to the Thames River. Approximately four times a week, the operator measures pH of both the influent and effluent streams. There was no single pH result for the effluent outside the discharge limit of 6.0 - 9.5 in 2017. Graphs of discharge parameters versus effluent discharge limits are included in this report in Appendix A. Influent wastewater characteristics and effluent discharge values are presented in the tables below.



BOD5 146 1066


Total Phosphorus 2.4 17

Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 20.5 149

Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency





Percentage Removal

CBOD5 weekly 25 4.0 – 11.0 92.5 – 97.3



weekly 25 7.0 – 12.5 91.6 – 95.3

Total Phosphorus

weekly 1 0.28 – 0.60 75.0 – 88.3


weekly 6.0 - 9.5 6.64 – 7.77 N/A

E. coli Weekly

200 organisms/100 mL

(Monthly Geometric Mean Density)

2.0 – 14.0 organisms/100 mL

N/A

2.3. Effluent Objectives Objectives are non-enforceable effluent quality values which the owner is obligated to use best efforts to strive towards achieving on an ongoing basis. These objectives are to be used as a mechanism to trigger corrective action proactively, and voluntarily before environmental impairment occurs and before the compliance limits are exceeded. All effluent discharge objectives listed in the Plant’s ECA were met at the Ingersoll WWTP in 2017 with the exception of three single samples. Two samples for high Total Suspended Solids (TSS) with a concentration of 17 mg/L on October 18, and 18 mg/L on October 25 when the objective concentration is 15 mg/L. The average monthly TSS concentration for October was 12 mg/L. As well, a single sample for high CBOD5 with a concentration of 18 mg/L occurred on August 2 while the objective concentration is 15 mg/L. The average monthly CBOD5 concentration for August was 8.6 mg/L. The following table presents the range of effluent discharge values vs. ECA Objectives.

Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency





CBOD5 weekly 15 4.0 – 11.0


weekly 15 7.0 – 12.5

Total Phosphorus

weekly 0.75 0.28 – 0.60


weekly 6.5 - 9.0 6.64 – 7.77

E. coli weekly 100 organisms/100 mL (Monthly Geometric Mean Density)

2.0 – 14.0 100 organisms/100 mL

3. Overflows, Bypassing, Upsets, Spills, and Abnormal Conditions There was a spill during construction on June 26, 2017 of approximately 1,000 liters of raw wastewater. The spill was caused by construction activity damaging the plant influent pipe. The spill was contained on-site and pumped back into the treatment tanks once the leak was stopped. The event was reported to the MOECC at the time it occurred. On December 1, 2017 there was a leak of approximately 10 m3 of wastewater from the forcemain that connects the 401 Eastbound Service Centre to the Ingersoll sewer system. The leak was caused by a third party contractor breaking the forcemain during scheduled excavation work. A vacuum truck was called in and the affected area was cleaned up immediately. This event was reported to the MOECC at the time it occurred and no further action was required.



The operating and maintenance staff at the Ingersoll WWTP conducts regularly scheduled maintenance of the plant equipment. The Plant utilizes a database to issue work orders and maintain records for regular maintenance and repair at the treatment facility.


Calibration of flow meters is conducted yearly by Flowmetrics Technical Services in accordance with the requirements of the ECA. The records are kept on-site at the Plant.


6. 2017 Biosolids Program

Biosolids are anaerobically digested and dewatered at the Ingersoll WWTP using an Alfa-Laval Centrifuge. The biosolids are then stored at the Oxford County Biosolids Centralized Storage Facility (BCSF) prior to land application. The sampling results and land application details are summarized in a separate Biosolids Annual report, available at: www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports


There was no MOECC audit in 2017.




7,717 7,7458,308

9,475 9,642

7,102

6,1766,475

5,766 5,858

7,055

6,179

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

12000

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Eff

luen

t F

low

Cu

bic

mete

rs p

er

day

Month

Ingersoll WWTP Effluent Flow Cubic Meters Per Day 2017

Flow (m3/d) (Combined)

Plant Capacity 10,230 m3

Design Flow 10,230 m3/d

9.3 8.8

6.4

8.8

6.2 5.85.0

8.6

4.3

6.5

11.0

7.3

0

5

10

15

20

25

30


Eff

luen

t C

BO

D5

(mg

/L)

Month

Ingersoll WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average CBOD5 - 2017

CBOD5 (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 25 (mg/L)


12.0 12.5

9.08.0

7.2 7.8 8.3 8.07.0

12.011.2

9.3

0

5

10

15

20

25

30


Eff

luen

t T

SS

(m

g/L

)

Month

Ingersoll WWTP Effluent , Monthly AverageTSS - 2017

TSS (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 25 (mg/L)

0.6

0.40.4 0.4

0.3

0.40.4 0.4

0.4

0.5 0.5

0.4

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2


Eff

lue

nt

TP

(m

g/L

)

Monthly

Ingersoll WWTP Effluent , Monthly AverageTP - 2017

Total P (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 1 (mg/L)


2.0 4.0 3.1 4.414.0

2.6 6.4

0

50

100

150

200

250


Eff

lue

nt

E. C

oli

(#

/10

0 m

L)

Month

Ingersoll WWTP Effluent , Monthly Geometric Mean Density E. Coli (#/100 mL) - 2017

E.Coli (#/100 mL)

Criteria

Criteria 200 (#/100 mL)

Mount Elgin Wastewater Treatment Plant | ME1


Mount Elgin Wastewater Treatment Plant

1. General Information Oxford County prepares individual annual reports summarizing each wastewater treatment plant’s operation and treated effluent discharge quality for the nine wastewater treatment plants it owns and operates. The reports detail the latest quality testing results and quantity statistics and any non-compliance conditions that may have occurred. They are available for review by the end of March on the internet at www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports or by contacting the Public Works Department. All efforts have been made to ensure the information presented in this report is as accurate as possible. If you have any questions or comments concerning the report, please contact the County of Oxford at the address and phone number listed below or by email at [email protected].

Wastewater Treatment Plant: Mount Elgin Wastewater Treatment Plant


Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA) #0611-6Q3JQL




1.1. System Description The Mount Elgin Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) consists of a central Recirculating Sand Filter (RSF) and subsurface discharge. . Within the collection system, individual properties are serviced by septic tanks where sewage is pretreated to remove solids and grease before discharge to a small diameter viable grade sewer. The small diameter collection mains direct the primary treated effluent to a pump station. The primary treated effluent is pumped to the recirculation tanks. The influent is pumped to the recirculating sand filter and then collected and pumped to a splitter valve that allows 80% of the flow to recirculate and 20% to enter the dosing tank. From the dosing tank, treated effluent is pumped to the shallow buried trench drainfield that provides for the subsurface discharge of the treated effluent. Effluent samples are collected from the dosing tank ahead of the drainfield. A standby generator plug-in is available with a manual switch in the event a prolonged power outage requires the use of a mobile generator. The Mount Elgin Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) provided effective wastewater treatment in 2017 as demonstrated in the table below.

Facility Mount Elgin Wastewater Treatment Plant

Design Capacity 190.5 m3/d






2017 Maximum Daily Flow 148 m3/d



2.1. Effluent Quality Assurance and Control Measures Sampling Procedure Grab samples are collected from the influent lift station on a quarterly basis. Samples are tested for Carbonaceous Biochemical Oxygen Demand (CBOD5), Total Suspended Solids (TSS), Total Phosphorus (TP), and Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN). Effluent grab samples are analyzed for CBOD5, TSS, TP, ammonia, TKN, nitrite, nitrate, pH, and E. coli at least quarterly. Groundwater testing for nitrites, nitrates, and pH is completed on a quarterly basis. Laboratory and Field Testing Laboratory analysis is performed by SGS Lakefield Research Ltd. on all samples for all parameters except for pH, which is tested in the field during collection. These results are used in this report for determination of compliance. Any information generated in-house is used in process control but is not included in this report. 2.2. Plant Performance & Effluent Quality There are no effluent limits for the system, however, the ECA requires Oxford County to use best efforts to operate the sewage treatment facility with the objective that the concentrations of both CBOD5 and Suspended Solids do not exceed 10 mg/L in the effluent ahead of the subsurface disposal system. Graphs of discharge parameters versus effluent discharge limits are included in this report in Appendix A. Influent wastewater characteristics and groundwater sampling results are presented in the tables below.



CBOD5 125 8.9

Total Suspended Solids 45 3.2

Total Phosphorus 7.7 0.5

Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 67.4 4.8

Ground Water Results:

2017

Well 1 Well 2 Well 3 Well 1 Well 2 Well 3

Parameter March 6/17 March 6/17 March 6/17 May 10/17 May 10/17 May 10/17

Well Level (meters) 3.17 3.67 3.96 3.21 3.66 3.96

Nitrite (mg/L N) 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03

Nitrate (mg/L N) 0.06 5.27 1.36 0.06 2.02 0.96

Nitrate+Nitrite (mg/L N) 0.06 5.27 1.39 0.06 2.02 0.99


pH 7.45 7.53 7.51 6.91 7.18 7.18

Well 1 Well 2 Well 3 Well 1 Well 2 Well 3

Parameter Nov 30/17 Sept 20/17 Sept 20/17 Oct 31/17 Oct 31/17 Oct 31/17

Well Level (meters) 2.68 2.99 3.06 2.44 3.23 3.43

Nitrite (mg/L N) 0.03 0.03 0.06 0.03 0.03 0.08

Nitrate (mg/L N) 0.06 1.35 3.86 0.06 6.76 3.06

Nitrate+Nitrite (mg/L N) 0.06 1.35 3.92 0.06 6.79 3.14

pH 7.21 7.45 7.45 7.86 7.73 7.7

Well depths 3.66m 3.96m 3.96m

2.3. Effluent Objectives Objectives are non-enforceable effluent quality values which the owner is obligated to use best efforts to strive towards achieving on an ongoing basis. These objectives are to be used as a mechanism to trigger corrective action proactively, and voluntarily before environmental impairment occurs and before the compliance limits are exceeded. All effluent discharge objectives listed in the Plant’s ECA were met at the Mount Elgin WWTP in 2017.

The following table presents the range of effluent discharge values vs. ECA Objectives ahead of the subsurface disposal system.

Effluent Parameter Sample

Frequency





CBOD5 weekly 10 3.0 – 4.0

Total Suspended Solids weekly 10 2.0 – 2.5


There were no overflows, bypassing, upsets, spills, or abnormal conditions in 2017 at the Mount Elgin WWTP. On May 9, 2017 there was a leak from a customer’s wastewater service connection of approximately 0.5 m3 and was reported by a contractor working on the property. The leak was within the wellhead protection area for the Mount Elgin municipal drinking water system and County staff were dispatched to the site to oversee that the leak was repaired and that contaminated soil was removed from the area. This event was reported to the MOECC at the time it occurred and no further action was required.



The operating and maintenance staff at the Ingersoll WWTP conducts regularly scheduled maintenance of the plant equipment. The Plant utilizes a database system known as City Works to issue work orders and maintain records for regular maintenance and repair at the treatment facility.

5. Monitoring Equipment Maintenance and Calibration Calibration of flow meters is conducted Flowmetrics Technical Services Inc. in accordance with the requirements of the ECA. The records are kept on-site at the Plant. All other operational monitoring equipment is calibrated by staff and records are kept on-site at the Plant.



64.6 62.768.0 68.5 67.8 65.1 66.5

71.876.6 73.2 75.6

88.0

0.0

50.0

100.0

150.0

200.0

250.0


Mount Elgin Influent, Average Daily Flow- 2017

Combined Avg DailyFlow (m3/d)Plant Capacity (m³/d)

Infl

uen

t(m

³/d

)

Month

Plant Capacity 190.5 (m³/d)


4.0

3.0

4.0

3.0

4.0

0

2

4

6

8

10

12


Eff

luen

t C

BO

D5

(mg

/L)

Month

Mount Elgin Effluent CBOD5 - 2017

CBOD5 (mg/L)

Objective

Objective 10 (mg/L)

2.0 2.02.5

2.0 2.0

0

2

4

6

8

10

12


Eff

luen

t S

S C

on

cen

trati

on

(m

g/L

)

Month

Mount Elgin Effluent, SS Concentration - 2017

SS (mg/L)

Objective

Objective 10 (mg/L)

Norwich Wastewater Treatment Plant | N1


Norwich Wastewater Treatment Plant


Wastewater Treatment Plant: Norwich Wastewater Treatment Plant


Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA) #1680-6F6QR5





The Norwich WWTP is a Class I facility and provided effective wastewater treatment in 2017. The

Norwich WWTP is a lagoon wastewater treatment system serving the community of Norwich. The wastewater is pumped from two pump stations to a splitter box; then to either of two lagoon cells as determined by the operator. Typically the wastewater is directed to the North Cell which is operated in series with the South Cell, followed by filtering of the effluent through the sand filter beds performed for a period each day, as required. The lagoons may discharge year-round; however, the freezing period prevents discharge through the filter beds (normally December to April). The system is maintained by licensed wastewater system operators and licensed mechanics that operate, monitor, and maintain the treatment equipment, in accordance to the regulations, and collect samples as required by the ECA. Alarms automatically notify operators in the event of failure of critical operational requirements. The wastewater treatment plant is located at Lot 7, Conc. 5, Norwich Township. The Facility description is provided below.

Facility Norwich Wastewater Treatment Plant









2. Summary and Interpretation of Monitoring Data 2.1. Effluent Quality Assurance and Control Measures Sampling Procedure Influent samples are taken from the Lagoon influent splitter box. The sampling frequency is once per week and samples are tested for Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Total Suspended Solids (TSS) monthly, Total Phosphorus (TP), and Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN) weekly. Effluent samples are taken using a 24-hour composite sampler set to take a sample every 15 minutes for the duration of the discharge period. BOD5 and TSS are sampled at least monthly. TP, ammonia, TKN, pH, and temperature samples are taken three times per week; E. coli and dissolved oxygen are tested at least weekly. Laboratory and Field Testing Laboratory analysis is performed by SGS Lakefield Research Ltd. on all samples for all parameters except for pH, temperature, and dissolved oxygen which are tested in the field during collection. These results are used for determination of compliance. Any information generated in-house is used in process control but is not included in this report. 2.2. Plant Performance & Effluent Quality The Norwich WWTP provided effective treatment in 2017 and met all discharge quality limits. Norwich Lagoons did not surpass the influent daily flow limit of 5,160 m3/d. The operator measures pH of both the influent and effluent streams. There was no single pH result for the effluent outside the discharge limit of 6 - 9.5 in 2017. The lab reported un-ionized ammonia results were all less than the limits listed in the ECA for 2017. There were no exceedances of the loadings limits listed in the ECA to the Big Otter Creek in 2017. Graphs of discharge parameters versus effluent discharge limits are included in this report in Appendix A. Influent wastewater characteristics and effluent discharge values are presented in the tables below.



BOD5 161 177




Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency

(when discharging)





Percentage Removal

BOD5 monthly 10 2 - 5 96.9 – 98.8

Suspended Solids

monthly 10 2 - 4 97.9 - 98.9

Total Phosphorus (non-freezing period)*

3/week 0.5 0.14 - 0.28 94.0 – 97.0


Total Phosphorus (freezing Period)*

3/week 1 0.21 - 0.34 92.8 – 95.5

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (non-freezing period)*

3/week 3 0.1 - 1.7 --

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (freezing period)*

3/week 5 0.6 – 1.6 --

E. coli weekly




--


3/week 6.0 - 9.5 6.93 – 8.55 --

* Freezing period means the period of time during which the water temperature of the receiving stream is equal to or below 5 degrees

Celsius, normally from December 1, 2017 to April 30, 2017.

2.3. Effluent Objectives Objectives are non-enforceable effluent quality values which the owner is obligated to use best efforts to strive towards achieving on an ongoing basis. These objectives are to be used as a mechanism to trigger corrective action proactively, and voluntarily before environmental impairment occurs and before the compliance limits are exceeded. There were five single sample objective failures related to ammonia, five single sample objective failures related to TP, and two BOD loading objective fails during the discharge from the lagoon in 2017. The results are below. The following table presents the range of effluent discharge values vs. ECA Objectives.

Effluent

Parameter

Sample Frequency

(when discharging)





BOD5 monthly 5 2 - 5

Total Suspended Solids monthly 5 2 - 4

Total Phosphorus (non-freezing period) *

3/week 0.3 0.14 - 0.28

Total Phosphorus (freezing period)*

3/week 0.8 0.21 - 0.34

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (non-freezing period) *

3/week 2 0.1 - 1.7

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (freezing period)*

3/week 4 0.6 - 1.6

E. coli weekly 150 organisms/100 mL (monthly Geometric Mean Density)

9.6 - 69.4 organisms/100 mL

* Freezing period means the period of time during which the water temperature of the receiving stream is equal to or below 5 degrees Celsius, normally from December 1, 2017 to April 30, 2017.

Norwich single sample effluent objective exceedances in 2017 included the following:

Date Parameter Objective mg/L Result mg/L

June 7 NH3-N 2.0 2.4

June 12 NH3-N 2.0 4.1

June 15 NH3-N 2.0 3.0

June 19 NH3-N 2.0 4.4

June 21 NH3-N 2.0 2.8

June 19 TP 0.3 0.34


June 29 TP 0.3 0.31

July 17 TP 0.3 0.32

July 19 TP 0.3 0.31

July 26 TP 0.3 0.31

April BOD loading 11.8 kg/d 13.1 kg/d

December BOD loading 11.8 kg/d 11.9 kg/d


There were no overflows, bypasses, upsets or spills in 2017 however, construction activity in the fall/winter of 2017 related to the replacement of the influent splitter box required some adjustment of lagoon levels and changing of cells receiving influent during the winter months.


The operating and maintenance staff at the Ingersoll WWTP conducts regularly scheduled maintenance of the plant equipment. The Plant utilizes a database to issue work orders and maintain records for regular maintenance and repair at the treatment facility.

5. Monitoring Equipment Maintenance and Calibration Calibration of flow meters is conducted by Flowmetrics Technical Services Inc. in accordance with the requirements of the ECA. The records are kept on-site at the Plant. All other operational monitoring equipment is calibrated by staff and records are kept on-site at the Plant.

6. Biosolids 2017

On cleaning out the Norwich Lagoons of biosolids it was necessary to receive permission of MOECC and OMAFRA to mix the material with our other biosolids so as to have adequate nutrients to use as a NASM for beneficial reuse. One thousand wet tonnes was moved into the BCSF for a trial in 2018 of blending and land application. It is anticipated that this will be an excellent use of the material and larger quantities will be removed from Cell 2 over the next three years.



1.247

1.371

1.489

1.935

1.568

0.8900.779

0.695 0.684 0.720

0.989

0.848

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5


IIn

flu

en

t Fl

ow

(1

00

0 m

3 /d

)

Month

Norwich Lagoon Influent, Average Daily Flow (1000 m3/d) - 2017

AVERAGE DAILY FLOW (1000 m³/d)

Design (1000 m³/d)

Design Criteria 1.53 (1000 m³/d)

1.6

0.1

1.7

0.1

0.6

0

1

2

3

4

5

6


Eff

luen

t A

mm

on

ia (

mg

/L)

Month

Norwich Lagoon Effluent, Monthly Average Ammonia - 2017

AMMONIA (mg/L)

Non-freezing Criteria

Freezing Criteria

Non-freezing Criteria 3 (mg/L)

Freezing Criteria 5 (mg/L) Freezing Criteria 5 (mg/L)


0.210.14

0.27 0.280.34

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0


Eff

luen

TP

(m

g/L

)

Month

Norwich Lagoon Effluent, Monthly Average TP - 2017

TP (mg/L)


Freezing Criteria

69.3

33.0

50.3

9.6

69.4

0

50

100

150

200

250


Eff

luen

t E

. co

li (

#/1

00 m

L)

Month

Norwich Lagoon EffluentMonthly Geometric Mean Density E. coli - 2017

E. Coli (#/100ml)

Criteria

Criteria 200 (#/100mL)

Freezing Criteria 1 (mg/L) Freezing Criteria 1 (mg/L)

Non-Freezing Criteria 0.5 (mg/L)


2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

4.0

0

2

4

6

8

10

12


Eff

luen

t S

S (

mg

/L)

Month

Norwich Lagoons Effluent, Monthly Average SS - 2017

SS (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 10 (mg/L)

4.0

2.0 2.0 2.0

5.0

0

2

4

6

8

10

12


Eff

luen

t B

OD

5(m

g/L

)

Month

Norwich Lagoons Effluent, Monthly Average BOD5 - 2017

BOD5 (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 10 (mg/L)

Plattsville Wastewater Treatment Plant | P1


Plattsville Wastewater Treatment Plant


Wastewater Treatment Plant: Plattsville Wastewater Treatment Plant


Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA) #3133-7QWH4N


Oxford County Public Works Department P.O. Box 1614 21 Reeve Street Woodstock, ON N4S 7Y3 Telephone: 519-539-9800 Toll Free: 866-537-7778


1.1. System Description The Plattsville WWTP is a Class I facility and provided effective wastewater treatment in 2017. Wastewater is treated at the Plattsville WWTP, which includes two aerated lagoon cells and two conventional wastewater stabilization ponds. Phosphorus removal is accomplished through the flow paced continuous dosing of aluminum sulphate into the splitter box prior to the wastewater entering the stabilization ponds and/or when required by batch dosing via a return pump pond mixing system, which can dose either cell and recirculate the contents. Treated effluent is pumped to an intermittent sand filter designed for ammonia removal prior to discharge to the Nith River. The wastewater treatment plant is located at Lot 16, Conc. 12, Township of Blandford-Blenheim. The Facility description is provided below.

Facility Plattsville Wastewater Treatment Plant

Design Capacity 800 m3/d









2.1. Effluent Quality Assurance and Control Measures Sampling Procedure Raw influent wastewater is sampled on a monthly basis and is analyzed for BOD5, TSS, TKN, TP and pH. Effluent discharge samples are collected bi-weekly or monthly and at an interval to meet the percentage of drawdown of the lagoon cell as stipulated in the ECA during discharge periods and analyzed for CBOD5, TSS, Total Ammonia Nitrogen, TP, E. coli, temperature and pH. Laboratory and Field Testing Laboratory analyses are performed by SGS Lakefield Research Ltd. on all samples that are reported for compliance except for pH, DO, and temperature which are field collected. All in-house laboratory testing is done for process control and is not included in this report. Groundwater Testing The ECA requires that an annual groundwater sample be collected and tested for Total Organic Carbon, Total Phosphorus, Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, Nitrite and Nitrate. A further evaluation of the results over the last few years was conducted by a professional Hydrogeologist concluding that there was no clear evidence of an adverse effect on groundwater quality as a result of the Plattsville WWTP. This was forwarded to the MOECC to determine if further sampling is required. Three samples were collected in 2017 and are referred to as the shallow well sample and deep well sample:

PLATTSVILLE WWTP GROUNDWATER SAMPLING

27-Apr-17 27-Apr-17 9-May-17 9-May-17 21-Nov-17 21-Nov-17

Shallow Deep Shallow Deep Shallow Deep

Parameter

TOC (mg/L) 1 1 < 1 2 2 1

Total P (mg/L) < 0.03 0.06 < 0.03 0.1 0.09 0.37

TKN (mg/L N) < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5

Ammonia/ium (mg/L) < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1

Nitrite (mg/L) < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03

Nitrate (mg/L) 0.23 0.06 0.23 < 0.06 0.2 < 0.06

Nitrate + Nitrite (mg/L N) 0.23 0.06 0.23 < 0.06 0.2 < 0.06

Chloride (mg/L) 4 21 4 20 4 20

2.2. Plant Performance & Effluent Quality The Plattsville WWTP provided effective treatment in 2017 meeting all its regulatory limits for all parameters in the effluent discharged to the Nith River. On a bi-weekly basis (as a minimum) the operator measures pH of the effluent streams during discharge. There was no single pH result for the effluent outside the discharge limit of 6 - 9.5 in 2017. Graphs of discharge parameters versus effluent discharge limits are included in this report in Appendix A. Influent wastewater characteristics and effluent discharge values are presented in the tables below.




BOD5 175 88


Total Phosphorus 4.9 2.5

Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 46.1 22.6

2.3. Effluent Objectives Objectives are non-enforceable effluent quality values which the owner is obligated to use best efforts to strive towards achieving on an ongoing basis. These objectives are to be used as a mechanism to trigger corrective action proactively, and voluntarily before environmental impairment occurs and before the compliance limits are exceeded. All effluent discharge objectives listed in the Plant’s ECA were met with the exception of four single sample exceedances, summarized in the table below. In addition, the monthly average concentration for Total Suspended Solids in November of 7.8 mg/L, had exceeded the corresponding objective limit of 5 mg/L.

The following table presents the range of effluent discharge values vs. ECA Objectives.

Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency





CBOD5 weekly 5 2 – 4.8


weekly 5 2 – 7.8

Total Phosphorus weekly 0.3 0.01 – 0.07

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (when receiving stream >12 degrees Celsius)

weekly 1 0.1 – 0.1

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (when receiving stream < or = to 12 degrees Celsius)

weekly 3 0.1 – 0.5

Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency



Monthly Average Result

Min-Max (milligram per liter unless otherwise

indicated)

Percentage Removal

CBOD5 weekly 10 2 – 4.8 97.3 - 98.9

Total Suspended Solids weekly 10 2 – 7.8 95.8 - 98.9

Total Phosphorus weekly 0.5 0.01 – 0.07 98.6 - 99.8

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (when receiving stream >12 degrees Celsius)

weekly 2 0.1 – 0.1 99.8

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (when receiving stream < or = to 12 degrees Celsius)

weekly 5 0.1 – 0.5 98.8 - 99.8

E. coli (May 1 – October 31)

weekly



2 – 15 organisms/100

mL --

pH any single sample weekly 6.0-9.5 6.9 – 7.8 --



weekly 150 organisms/100 mL (monthly Geometric Mean Density)

2 – 15 organisms/100 mL

Plattsville effluent single sample objective exceedances in 2017 included the following:

Month Parameter Objective (mg/L) Result (mg/L)

Nov 14 TSS 5 16

Nov 21 TSS 5 6

Nov 24 TSS 5 7

Nov 24 CBOD 5 12


There were no overflows, bypassing, upsets, spills, and abnormal conditions from the Plattsville WWTP in 2017. On September 11, 2017 there was a leak of approximately 5 m3 of wastewater from the Plattsville sewage forcemain due to a break. The spill was contained and all impacted soil removed off-site and the break was fixed. This event was reported to the MOECC at the time it occurred and no further action was required.


The operating and maintenance staff at the Plattsville WWTP conducts regularly scheduled maintenance of the plant equipment. The Plant utilizes a database to issue work orders and maintain records for regular maintenance and repair at the treatment facility.


Calibration of flow meters is conducted yearly by Flowmetrix Technical Services Inc. The operational monitoring equipment calibration records are kept on-site at the Plant.


There was no MOECC audit in 2017. The plant was included in the Annual Watershed WWTP Performance Report of the Grand River Conservation Authority (GRCA) and the Plattsville Lagoons continue to be a strong performer amongst the wastewater plants along the Grand River System. The staff have participated in the optimization and composite correctional program (CCP) initiatives of the GRCA. The CCP system was applied to our Plattsville facility which is novel as it was not designed for lagoons. Oxford County continues to supply data voluntarily and sit with the wastewater group at their regular meetings at the GRCA.



621

570

622660

638

466

420 403382 381

448421

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900


Flo

w m

3 /d

Flow m3/d VS. Design Criteria - 2017

Flow m3/d

Criteria

0.0 0.0 0.0

2.920

2.170

1.447

0.727 0.727 0.727

0.964

1.472

0.0

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5


Effl

ue

nt

Mo

nth

ly A

verg

ae F

low

(1

00

0 m

3/d

)

Plattsville WWTP Effluent, Monthly Flow (1000 m3) - 2017

Flow (1000m3/d)

Criteria (1000m3/d)

Design Criteria 800 m3/d


0.50

0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10

0

1

2

3

4

5

6


Eff

luen

t A

mm

on

ia (

mg

/L)

Month

Plattsville WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average Ammonia Discharge - 2017

Ammonia (mg/L)

Freezing Criteria

Non-freezing period Criteria

0.010.03 0.03 0.04

0.07

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6


Eff

lue

nt

TP

(m

g/L

)

Month

Plattsville WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average TP - 2017

TP (mg/L)

Criteria

Freezing Criteria 5 (mg/L)


Freezing Criteria 5 (mg/L)

Criteria 0.5 (mg/L)


3.0

2.2 2.0

2.6

7.8

0

2

4

6

8

10

12


Eff

luen

t T

SS

(m

g/L

)

Month

Plattsville WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average TSS - 2017

TSS (mg/L)

Criteria

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

4.8

0

2

4

6

8

10

12


Eff

luen

t C

BO

D5

(mg

/L)

Month

Plattsville WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average CBOD5 - 2017

CBOD5 (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 10 (mg/L)

Criteria 10 (mg/L)

Tavistock Wastewater Treatment Plant | TA1


Tavistock Wastewater Treatment Plant


Wastewater Treatment Plant: Tavistock Wastewater Treatment Plant


Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA) #7789-8AKJL5




1.1. System Description The Tavistock WWTP is a Class I facility and provided effective wastewater treatment in 2017. The Tavistock WWTP consists of 3 aerated lagoon cells, one polishing pond and an Intermittent Sand Filter (ISF). The first three cells are equipped with Mat Aerators, and there are an additional six 15 HP aspirating surface aerators in Cell 1 to provide the necessary dissolved oxygen for the lagoons. There is also the provision for continuous aluminum sulphate addition for phosphorus removal. The wastewater is dosed with aluminum sulphate as it enters Cell 1 and as it enters Cell 2. Effluent from Cell 1 overflows to Cell 2, then into Cell 3 and/or Cell 4 where it is pumped through the filter beds and/or stored prior to discharge. The wastewater treatment plant is located at 381 William St., Tavistock, Ontario. The Facility description is provided below.

Facility Tavistock Wastewater Treatment Plant










2.1. Effluent Quality Assurance and Control Measures Sampling Procedure Raw sewage is sampled a minimum of once monthly for CBOD5, suspended solids, TKN, total phosphorous, pH and temperature. Automatic composite samplers are used to collect raw sewage samples from Chamber 3 as the flow enters Cell 1. Automated composite samples are also taken at the same time from a large food processor in Tavistock. The company can discharge significant loadings to the Tavistock Lagoon system and is subject to a surcharge agreement with Oxford County. Grab samples of final effluent are taken weekly during effluent discharge and tested for CBOD5, suspended solids, total phosphorous, pH, temperature, dissolved oxygen, nitrate nitrogen, nitrite nitrogen and ammonia nitrogen. Laboratory and Field Testing SGS Lakefield Research Ltd. performs all sample analyses with the exception of pH, temperature, and dissolved oxygen which are measured in the field.

2.2. Plant Performance & Effluent Quality The Tavistock WWTP provided effective treatment in 2017, meeting all its regulatory limits for all parameters in the effluent discharged to the Hohner Drain (eventually to the Thames River). On a weekly basis (minimum), the operator measures pH of the effluent stream when discharging. There was no single pH result for the effluent outside the discharge limit of 6 – 9.5 in 2017. Graphs of discharge parameters versus effluent discharge limits are included in this report in Appendix A. Influent wastewater characteristics and effluent discharge values are presented in the tables below.



CBOD5 456 915


Total Phosphorus 12 24



Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency





indicated)

Percentage Removal

CBOD5 weekly 15 2.0 – 5.0 98.9 - 99.6

Suspended Solids weekly 15 2.0 – 8.8 96.9 - 99.3

Total Phosphorus (May-Nov.)

weekly 0.5 0.09 – 0.15 98.8 - 99.3

Total Phosphorus (Dec.-Apr.)

weekly 0.8 0.10 – 0.28 97.7 - 99.2

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (January)

weekly 7 – –

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (February)

weekly 10 1.2 –

Total Ammonia Nitrogen

(March) weekly 8.5 0.7 –

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (April)

weekly 8.0 0.1 –

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (May-Nov.)

weekly 1.0 0.1 –

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (December)

weekly 3.0 0.3 –

pH any single sample weekly 6.0 - 9.5 6.9 – 8.8 –

2.3. Effluent Objectives Objectives are non-enforceable effluent quality values which the owner is obligated to use best efforts to strive towards achieving on an ongoing basis. These objectives are to be used as a mechanism to trigger corrective action proactively, and voluntarily before environmental impairment occurs and before the compliance limits are exceeded. All effluent discharge objectives listed in the Plant’s ECA were met at the Tavistock WWTP in 2017, with the exception of two single sample objective failures for Total Suspended Solids (TSS), one on March 7 and the other on March 14, with a value of 15 mg/L for both samples, when the objective is set at 10 mg/L. The monthly average concentration for TSS for the month of March was 8.8 mg/L. The following table presents the range of effluent discharge values vs. ECA Objectives.

Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency






Suspended Solids weekly 10 2.0 – 8.8

Total Phosphorus (May-Nov.)

weekly 0.3 0.09 – 0.15

Total Phosphorus (Dec.-Apr.)

weekly 0.5 0.10 – 0.28

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (January)

weekly 6.0 –

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (February)

weekly 9.0 1.2

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (March)

weekly 7.5 0.7

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (April)

weekly 7.0 0.1

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (May-Nov.)

weekly 0.8 0.1

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (December)

weekly 1.5 0.3

pH any single sample weekly 6.5 - 9.0 6.9 – 8.8


3. Overflows, Bypassing, Upsets, Spills, Complaints, and Abnormal Conditions

There were no overflows, bypasses, upsets, spills, complaints, or abnormal conditions from the Tavistock WWTP in 2017.


The operating and maintenance staff at the Woodstock WWTP conducts regularly scheduled maintenance of the plant equipment. The Plant utilizes a database system known as City Works to issue work orders and maintain records for regular maintenance and repair at the treatment facility.


Calibration of flow meters is conducted yearly by Flowmetrix Technical Services Inc. The operational monitoring equipment calibration records are kept on-site at the Plant.


There was no MOECC Audit in 2017.



2.430

2.0662.139

2.231

2.374

1.896 1.917 1.8661.765 1.809

1.902

1.682

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

2.6

2.8

JAN. FEB. MAR. APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV. DEC.

Infl

uen

t F

low

(1000 m

3/d

)

Month

Tavistock WWTP Influent, Monthly Average Daily Flow - 2017

Average Influent (1000 m3/d)

Plant Capacity 2.525 (1000 m3/d)

Design Criteria 2.525 (1000 m3/d)

4.3

5.3

5.6

4.5 4.53

1.7

0.4

0.1150.35

1.9

2.66

4.01

0.000

1.000

2.000

3.000

4.000

5.000

6.000


Eff

luen

t F

low

, (

1000 m

3/d

)

Month

Tavistock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average Day Flow - 2017

Effluent Average (1000 m3/d)

Effluent Flow Criteria (1000 m3/d)


4.75.0

2.0 2.0 2.02.4

2.0 2.0 2.02.5

3.3

0.0

2.0

4.0

6.0

8.0

10.0

12.0

14.0

16.0


Eff

luen

t C

BO

D5

(mg

/L)

Month

Tavistock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average CBOD5 (mg/L) - 2017

CBOD5 (mg/L)

CBOD5 Criteria (mg/L)

Criteria 15 (mg/L)

1.170.70

0.13 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.25

7

10

8.58

3

0.00

2.00

4.00

6.00

8.00

10.00

12.00


Eff

luen

t A

mm

on

ia (

mg

/L)

Month

Tavistock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average Ammonia (mg/L) - 2017

AMMONIA (mg/L)

NH3-N Criteria (mg/L)

NH3-N Criteria (mg/L)

Criteria 1.0 (mg/L)


0.28

0.130.10 0.09

0.120.15

0.13 0.11 0.110.13

0.22

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9


Eff

lue

nt

TP

(m

g/L

)

Month

Tavistock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average TP (mg/L) - 2017

TOTAL P. (mg/L)

TP Freezing Criteria (mg/L)

TP Non-freezing Criteria (mg/L)

Freezing Criteria 0.8 (mg/L) Freezing Criteria 0.8 (mg/L)

Non-freezing Criteria 0.5 (mg/L)

8.08.8

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.2

3.02.3

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16


Eff

luen

t T

SS

(m

g/L

)

Month

Tavistock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average TSS (mg/L) - 2017

TSS (mg/L)

TSS Criteria (mg/L)

Criteria 15 (mg/L)

Thamesford Wastewater Treatment Plant | TH1


Thamesford Wastewater Treatment Plant


Oxford County prepares individual annual reports summarizing each wastewater treatment plant’s operation and treated effluent discharge quality for the nine wastewater treatment plants it owns and operates. The reports detail the latest quality testing results and quantity statistics and any non-compliance conditions that may have occurred. They are available for review by the end of March on the internet at www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports or by contacting the Public Works Department. All efforts have been made to ensure the information presented in this report is as accurate as possible. If you have any questions or comments concerning the report, please contact the County of Oxford at the address and phone number listed below or by email at [email protected].

Wastewater Treatment Plant: Thamesford Wastewater Treatment Plant


Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA) #6974-6FKKAY & 1897-9YAKKF





The Thamesford Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) is a Class III facility and provided effective wastewater treatment in 2017 for residential, commercial, and industrial users in the Village of Thamesford. The Thamesford WWTP is an extended air activated sludge plant equipped with tertiary sand filters and receives significant wastewater flows from a local major food processing plant; however, the treatment plant also receives domestic wastewater from the Community of Thamesford. The wastewater from the processing plant is collected from various on-site business units and pumped to a pretreatment system comprised of an equalization silo and a Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF) unit. Following pre-treatment the wastewater is directed to the municipal WWTP. The extended aeration system is comprised of two tanks: the complete mix basin and the plug flow reactor. After the plug flow reactor, the wastewater flows into one of two clarifiers where the settled activated sludge is either returned or wasted and the supernatant flows to new sand filters, prior to disinfection and direct discharge to the Middle Thames River. Wasted biosolids are processed/stabilized in two aerobic digesters, and held on-site in a storage tank for eventual removal. Biosolids are applied to agricultural land application sites with appropriate Nutrient Management Plans for Non-Agricultural Source Material (NASM). For purposes of calculating loading to the River, the treated effluent flow is measured at the Parshall flume located after the stilling well just before discharge to the re-aeration chamber and the Middle Thames River. The flow readings used to apportion the loading to the plant is from two meters: one on each lift station. The influent and all other meters are calibrated annually. A standby generator is available to run the onsite lift stations and a blower in the event of a power failure. The system is maintained by licensed wastewater system operators and licensed mechanics that operate, monitor, and maintain the treatment equipment, in accordance to the regulations, and collect samples as required by the ECA. Alarms automatically notify operators in the event of failure of critical operational requirements.

The wastewater treatment plant is located at 10 Middleton St., Thamesford, Ontario. The Facility description is provided below.





Facility Thamesford Wastewater Treatment Plant







Sampling Procedure

Influent samples were taken from sampling ports located in-line after the influent pumps. Two 24-hour composite samplers take a sample every 15 minutes for a 24-hour period concurrent with effluent sampling. A sampler is installed on each of the municipal and the food processing company’s influent lines. The two influent streams are separately tested, and then the results are mathematically combined, based on flow ratios.

In 2017, effluent samples were taken using a 24-hour composite sampler set to take a sample every 15 minutes for 24 hours. Samples were drawn from a stilling well prior to the Parshall flume immediately before the discharge. Total residual chlorine (TRC) samples are taken daily from the stilling well prior to the Parshall flume. The stilling well follows the chlorination and de-chlorination chambers. The pH of the final effluent composite sample is also measured.

Following the Parshall flume, effluent flows through a discharge pipe and drops approximately 0.75 m into a discharge well, where dissolved oxygen (DO) samples are taken. This discharge well aerates the effluent prior to discharge to the River, as reflected in the DO sample results.


Laboratory analysis is performed by SGS Lakefield Research Ltd. on all samples, except for TRC, DO, and pH which are tested in the field. These results are used for determination of compliance. Any information generated in-house is used in process control but is not included in this report.


The Thamesford WWTP provided effective treatment in 2017 meeting all its regulatory limits for all parameters in the effluent discharged to the Thames River with the exception of one Chlorine residual over the limit of 0.02 mg/L, details are under section 3 below.

There was no single laboratory pH result for the effluent outside the discharge limit of 6 - 9.5 in 2017.

Staff tests Total Residual Chlorine (TRC) in the treated effluent on a daily basis; well in excess of the required weekly testing frequency. In 2017, the monthly average results at all times met the Monthly Average TRC limit of 0.02 mg/L or less and, therefore, were in compliance.

The Thamesford WWTP met all its effluent loading limits required within the ECA.

Graphs of discharge parameters versus effluent discharge limits are included in this report in Appendix A.

Influent wastewater characteristics and effluent discharge values are presented in the tables below.



BOD5 301 390





Oil and Grease 21 27

Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency





indicated)

Percentage Removal

BOD5

(May 01 to November 30) weekly 10 2.0 – 2.5 99.2 – 99.3

BOD5 (December 01 to April 30)

weekly 15 2.0 – 2.8 99.1 – 99.3

Total Suspended Solids (May 01 to November 30)

weekly 10 2.0 98.7

Total Suspended Solids (December 01 to April 30)

weekly 15 2.0 – 2.8 98.2 – 98.7

Total Phosphorus (May 01 to November 30)

weekly 0.20 0.1 98.4

Total Phosphorus (December 01 to April 30)

weekly 0.50 0.06 – 0.12 98.1 – 99.0

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (May 1 to November 30)

weekly 2.0 0.1 --

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (Dec. 1 to April 30)

weekly 5.0 0.1 --

Total Chlorine Residual weekly 0.02 0.00 – 0.02 --

E. coli weekly




--

pH any single sample weekly 6.0 - 9.5 6.55 – 7.68 --

Dissolved Oxygen weekly 5 and above 6.1 – 10.2 --

2.3. Effluent Objectives Objectives are non-enforceable effluent quality values which the owner is obligated to use best efforts to strive towards achieving on an ongoing basis. These objectives are to be used as a mechanism to trigger corrective action proactively, and voluntarily before environmental impairment occurs and before the compliance limits are exceeded. All effluent discharge objectives listed in the Plant’s ECA were met with the exception of 4 single sample results for TP above the objective of 0.1 mg/L. In addition, we are unable to declare a non-detect on TRC. The results are summarized below. The following table presents the range of effluent discharge values vs. ECA Objectives.

Effluent

Parameter Sample

Frequency





BOD5 weekly 5 2.0 – 2.8




weekly 1.2 0.1


weekly 4.0 0.1

Total Chlorine Residual weekly non-detect detected


weekly 200 organisms/100 mL (monthly Geometric Mean Density)



pH any single sample weekly 6.5 – 9.0 6.55 – 7.68

Thamesford single sample effluent objective exceedance in 2017 included the following:

Month Parameter Objective mg/L Result mg/L

Mar 1 TP 0.10 0.16

Mar 8 TP 0.10 0.16

Mar 15 TP 0.10 0.13

Dec 6 TP 0.10 0.12

3. Overflows, Bypassing, Upsets, Spills, and Abnormal Conditions There was a reported exceedance of chlorine residual of 0.02 mg/L on March 31, 2017. It was reported to the MOECC at the time of occurrence. The incident responded to immediately upon discovery and resolved. The subsequent investigation determined that a communication cable used to regulate chlorine dosage was faulty.


The operating and maintenance staff at the Thamesford WWTP conducts regularly scheduled maintenance of the plant equipment. The Plant utilizes a database to issue work orders and maintain records for regular maintenance and repair at the treatment facility.

5. Monitoring Equipment Maintenance and Calibration Calibration of flow meters is conducted Flowmetrics Technical Services Inc. in accordance with the requirements of the ECA. The records are kept on-site at the Plant. All other operational monitoring equipment is calibrated by staff and records are kept on-site at the Plant.

6. 2017 Biosolids Program Biosolids are aerobically digested and stored as liquid at the Thamesford WWTP. The sampling results and land application details are summarized in a separate Biosolids Annual report, available at www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports.






1.334 1.3761.461 1.468 1.469

1.3101.206 1.196 1.190

1.257 1.245

1.053

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0


Eff

luen

t F

low

(1000 m

3/d

)

Month

Thamesford WWTP EffluentMonthly Average Daily Flow - 2017

Average Daily Flow (1000 m3/d)

Plant Capacity 2.5 (1000 m3/day)

Design Criteria 2.5 (1000m3/d)

2.3 2.52.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

2.52.0

2.8

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16


Eff

luen

t B

OD

5(m

g/L

)

Month

Thamesford WWTP EffluentMonthly Average Efluent BOD 5 - 2017

BOD5 (mg/L)

Freezing Criteria


Freezing Period Criteria 15 (mg/L Freezing Period Criteria 15 (mg/L

Non-freezing Period Criteria 10 (mg/L)


0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10

0

1

2

3

4

5

6


Eff

luen

t A

mm

on

ia (

mg

/L)

Month

Thamesford WWTP EffluentMonthly Average Effluent Ammonia - 2017

Ammonia (mg/L)

Freezing Criteria


Freezing Period Criteria 5 (mg/L) Freezing Period Criteria 5 (mg/L)


2.82.0 2.2 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16


Eff

luen

t T

SS

(m

g/L

)

Month

Thamesford WWTP EffluentMonthly Average Effluent TSS - 2017

TSS (mg/L)

Freezing Criteria





0.06 0.06

0.12

0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.06 0.05 0.050.08

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6


Eff

luen

t T

P (

mg

/L)

Month

Thamesford WWTP EffluentMonthly Average Effluent TP - 2017

TP (mg/L)

Freezing Criteria


Freezing Period Criteria 0.5 (mg/L) Freezing Period Criteria 0.5 (mg/L)

Non-freezing Period Criteria 0.2 (mg/L)

12 12 12 113 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

0.0

50.0

100.0

150.0

200.0

250.0


E.

co

li.

(#/1

00 m

L)

Thamesford WWTP EffluentMonthly Geometric Mean Elluent E. coli. - 2017

E. coli (#/100 mL)

Criteria


Month

Tillsonburg Wastewater Treatment Plant | TI1


Tillsonburg Wastewater Treatment Plant




Wastewater Treatment Plant: Tillsonburg Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP)


Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA) #9997-82RS5A Updated November 30 2017 #5564-AQNLC2





The Tillsonburg WWTP is a Class III facility that provides wastewater treatment for residential, commercial, and industrial users in the Town of Tillsonburg. The WWTP is a conventional activated sludge plant consisting of primary and secondary treatment, with an outfall pipe to the Big Otter Creek. The ECA was amended in 2017 to allow for new pumps with larger capacity to be installed in the John Pound Lift Station, to accommodate storm events. The work will be completed in 2018.

A standby generator is available to run the main influent pump station (John Pound Road lift station) in the event of a power failure.

The system is maintained by licensed wastewater system operators and licensed mechanics that operate, monitor, and maintain the treatment equipment, in accordance to the regulations, and collect samples as required by the ECA. Alarms automatically notify operators in the event of failure of critical operational requirements.

The wastewater treatment plant is located in Coronation Park, Tillsonburg, Ontario. The Facility description is provided below.

Facility Tillsonburg Wastewater Treatment Plant









Summary and Interpretation of Monitoring Data


Sampling Procedure

Raw sewage samples are collected where the influent streams combine before entering the sewage works. A composite sampler collects samples over a 24-hour duration on a bi-weekly basis.

The final effluent 24-hour composite sample is collected on a weekly basis after secondary treatment and disinfection, and prior to the effluent discharge to Big Otter Creek.


Laboratory analysis is performed by SGS Lakefield Research Ltd. on all samples that are reported for compliance except for pH, DO, and temperature which are field collected. All other in-house testing is done for process control, results of which are not included in this report.


The Tillsonburg WWTP provided effective treatment in 2017 meeting all but one of its regulatory limits for all parameters in the effluent discharged to Big Otter Creek. During the month of August the average monthly concentration of TSS in the plant effluent was 27 mg/L, with a compliance limit of 25 mg/L. The corresponding Average waste loading limit of 203 kg/d was not exceeded as the Average flow for August was 5,102 m³/d giving a resultant loading of 138 kg/d.

Tillsonburg WWTP – Non-compliance 2017

Month Parameter Limit Result (mg/L)

August 2017

Monthly Average TSS mg/L

25 mg/L 27 mg/L

On a bi-weekly basis, the operator measures pH of the influent stream and on a weekly basis, measures pH of the effluent stream. There was no single pH result for the effluent outside the discharge limit of 6 - 9.5 in 2017.

Graphs of discharge parameters versus effluent discharge limits are included in this report in Appendix A. Influent wastewater characteristics and effluent discharge values are presented in the tables below.



CBOD5 242 1343




Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency



Monthly Average Result Min.-Max.


Percentage Removal

CBOD5 weekly 25 2.0 – 10.6 95.6 – 99.2

Total Suspended Solids weekly 25 6.3 – 27.2 85.4 – 96.6


Total Phosphorus weekly 1 0.2 – 0.7 82.1 – 94.9

E. coli (May 1 – October 31) weekly



2.8 – 142.0 organisms/100 mL

--

pH any single sample weekly 6.0 - 9.5 6.5 – 7.8 --


Objectives are non-enforceable effluent quality values which the owner is obligated to use best efforts to strive towards achieving on an ongoing basis. These objectives are to be used as a mechanism to trigger corrective action proactively, and voluntarily before environmental impairment occurs and before the compliance limits are exceeded.

All monthly effluent discharge objectives listed in the Plant’s ECA were met at the Tillsonburg WWTP in 2017 with the exception of the monthly average concentration objective for TSS (15 mg/L) for the months of August (27.2 mg/L) and September (19 mg/L). The following table presents the range of effluent discharge values vs. ECA Objectives. Several single sample objective exceedances occurred throughout the fall of 2017, and are in the table below.

Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency





CBOD5 weekly 15 2.0 – 10.6



E. coli (May 1 – October 31) weekly 150 organisms/100 mL (monthly Geometric Mean Density)

2.8 – 142.0


Tillsonburg single sample effluent objective exceedances in 2017 included the following:

Date Parameter Objective mg/L Result mg/L

Aug 9 TSS 15.0 21.0

Aug 23 TSS 15.0 88.0

Sept 6 TSS 15.0 57.0

Oct 4 TSS 15.0 17.0

Nov 22 TSS 15.0 20.0

Aug 23 TP 0.8 1.35

Sept 6 TP 0.8 1.06

Aug 23 CBOD 15 33.0


There were several months of upset conditions at the WWTP in 2017 brought about by several hours of very low and very high influent pH. The non-compliant pH was entering the WWTP via the gravity sewer line overnight on a regular basis, due to an industrial discharge. As a result, the WWTP’s upset condition lead to an exceedance of TSS limit of 25 mg/L in the plants ECA which was reported to the MOECC at the time of occurrence. Oxford County’s sewer use bylaw team, Public Works management, operations staff, and the staff at the local industry involved made a concerted effort to address the issue. The efforts to achieve compliance with the pH requirements of between pH 5.5 to pH 10.5 are ongoing and progress has been made.



The operating and maintenance staff at the Tillsonburg WWTP conducts regularly scheduled maintenance of the plant equipment. The Plant utilizes a database to issue work orders and maintain records for regular maintenance and repair at the treatment facility.


Calibration of flow meters is conducted yearly by Flowmetrics Inc. The records are kept on-site at the Plant. Operational monitoring equipment calibration records are kept on-site at the Plant.


Biosolids are aerobically digested and dewatered at the Tillsonburg WWTP using an Alfa-Laval Centrifuge. The Biosolids are then stored at the Oxford County Biosolids Centralized Storage Facility (BCSF) prior to land application. The sampling results and land application details are summarized in a separate Biosolids Annual report, available at www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports.



The plant is involved in a University of Waterloo study of small wastewater treatment plants. The project involves characterizing the sustainability of sludge handling in small WWTPs in Ontario. The goals for the project are to:

• characterize the current performance of small WWTPs with respect to a number of sustainability performanceindicators • assess whether the introduction of innovative technologies might enhance the sustainability of operations.

.



APPENDIX A: GRAPHS OF 2017 DISCHARGE PARAMETERS VERSUS EFFLUENT DISCHARGE LIMITS

5596 56116005

6372 6450

55765288 5102 4915 4990

55835127

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000


Effl

ue

nt

Flo

w m

3/d

Tillsonburg WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average Daily Flow, 2017

Flow (m3/d)

Criteria

Design Criteria 8180 m3/d

2.0 2.33.4 3.3

2.4 2.33.3

10.6

6.0

2.8

4.8

3.3

0

5

10

15

20

25

30


Eff

luen

t C

BO

D5

(mg

/L)

Month

Tillsonburg WWTP Efluent, Monthly Average CBOD5 - 2017

CBOD5 (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 25 (mg/L)


6.5 6.8

8.8

7.25 7.8 7.56.3

27.2

19.0

8.5

10.2

8.3

0

5

10

15

20

25

30


Eff

luen

t T

SS

(m

g/L

)

Month

Tillsonburg WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average TSS - 2017

TSS (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 25 (mg/L)

0.4 0.4 0.4

0.3

0.40.4 0.4

0.7

0.4

0.20.2

0.3

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2


TP

(m

g/L

)

Month

Tillsonburg WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average TP - 2017

Total P (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 1 (mg/L)


148

3

142

157

21

0

50

100

150

200

250


Eff

luen

t E

. co

li (

#/1

00 m

l)

Month

Tillsonburg WWTP EffluentMonthly Geometric Mean Density E. coli - 2017

E.Coli (#/100ml)

Criteria


Woodstock Wastewater Treatment Plant | W1


Woodstock Wastewater Treatment Plant




Wastewater Treatment Plant: Woodstock Wastewater Treatment Plant


Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA) #: #5950-7XQKXS





The Woodstock WWTP is a Class IV rated treatment facility provides wastewater treatment for residential, commercial, and industrial users in the City of Woodstock and for the communities of Embro and Innerkip. It also provides treatment for septic tank waste, hauled waste, and holding tank waste from within Oxford County.

The wastewater treatment plant is located at 195 Admiral Street Woodstock, Ontario and is a conventional activated sludge system consisting of primary and secondary treatment, with an outfall pipe to the Thames River.

A standby generator is available to run the onsite Thames Valley Lift Station in the event of a power failure. The treatment plant is maintained by licensed wastewater system operators and licensed mechanics that operate, monitor, and maintain the treatment equipment, in accordance to the regulations, and collect samples as required by the ECA. Alarms automatically notify operators in the event of failure of critical operational requirements.

The facility provided effective wastewater treatment in 2017, as demonstrated by the table below.

Facility Woodstock Wastewater Treatment Plant

Design Capacity (Average Day) 33,000 m3/d

Design Capacity (Peak Flow) 66,000 m3/d








2017 Total Received Hauled Waste 23,602 m3/year

Summary and Interpretation of Monitoring Data


Sampling Procedure

Wastewater samples are collected on a weekly basis. Raw sewage samples are collected where the sewer trunks combine before entering the sewage works. An automatic composite sampler collects samples over a 24-hour period. Following primary treatment, a second 24-hour composite sample is collected. A third and final effluent 24-hour composite sample is collected following secondary treatment, disinfection and de-chlorination prior to the effluent discharge to the Thames River.


Laboratory analysis is performed by SGS Lakefield Research Ltd. on all samples that are reported for compliance, except for pH, DO, chlorine residual and temperature, which are field collected. All other in-house testing is done for process control and is not included in this report.


The Woodstock WWTP provided effective treatment in 2017 meeting all its regulatory limits for all parameters in the effluent discharged to the Thames River.

On a weekly basis (minimum), the operator measures pH of both the influent and effluent streams. There was no single pH result for the effluent outside the discharge limit of 6 - 9.5 in 2017.

Staff tests Total Residual Chlorine (TRC) in the treated effluent on a daily basis; well in excess of the required weekly testing frequency. In 2017, the monthly average results at all times met the Monthly Average TRC limit and were less than 0.05 mg/L and, therefore, were in compliance. The Federal Government’s P2 target for TRC of 0.02 mg/L was substantially met on the annual average TRC of 0.247 mg/L in 2017.

Graphs of discharge parameters versus effluent discharge limits are included in this report in Appendix A.

Influent wastewater characteristics and effluent discharge values are presented in the tables below.



BOD5 132 3038




Effluent Parameter Sample

Frequency



Monthly Average Result Min.-Max.


Percentage Removal

CBOD5

(May 01 to November 30) weekly 15 2.0 – 2.8 97.7 – 98.4

CBOD5 (December 01 to April 30)

weekly 20 2.2 – 3.8 96.9 – 98.2

Total Suspended Solids weekly 15 2.0 – 6.0 96.9 – 99.0

Total Phosphorus weekly 0.75 0.13 – 0.29 89.6 – 95.4



weekly 3 0.10 – 0.43 96.7 – 99.2


weekly 5.0 0.15 – 0.23 98.3 – 98.9

Total Chlorine Residual (May 1-October 31)

weekly <0.05 0.02 – 0.03 N/A


weekly




N/A

pH any single sample weekly 6.0 - 9.5 6.7 – 7.8 N/A


Objectives are non-enforceable effluent quality values which the owner is obligated to use best efforts to strive towards achieving on an ongoing basis. These objectives are to be used as a mechanism to trigger corrective action proactively, and voluntarily before environmental impairment occurs and before the compliance limits are exceeded.

All effluent discharge objectives listed in the Plant’s ECA were met at the Woodstock WWTP in 2017. The following table presents the range of effluent discharge values vs. ECA Objectives.

Effluent Parameter

Sample Frequency







Total Phosphorus weekly 0.5 0.13 - 0.29


weekly 2.0 0.10 - 0.43


weekly 3.0 0.15 - 0.23


weekly 200 organisms/100 mL





There were no overflows, bypassing, upsets, spills, or abnormal conditions at the Woodstock WWTP in 2017.

On May 5, 2017 an overflow of approximately 100 m3 of wastewater was discovered from a manhole located near the WWTP. The overflow was due to a large storm event and infiltration of storm water into the wastewater collection system. The duration of the event was monitored and City of Woodstock staff were informed as they are responsible for the operation of the wastewater collection system.

This event was reported to the MOECC at the time it occurred and no further action was required.


The operating and maintenance staff at the Woodstock WWTP conducts regularly scheduled maintenance of the plant equipment. The Plant utilizes a database to issue work orders and maintain records for regular maintenance and repair at the treatment facility.



Calibration of flow meters is conducted Flowmetrics Technical Services Inc. in accordance with the requirements of the ECA. The records are kept on-site at the Plant.



Biosolids are anaerobically digested and dewatered at the Woodstock WWTP using two Alfa-Laval Centrifuges. The biosolids are then stored at the Oxford County Biosolids Centralized Storage Facility (BCSF) prior to land application. The sampling results and land application details are summarized in a separate Biosolids Annual report, available at www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports.

6. Inspection, Pilots, and Trials

The Ministry of Environment and Climate Change (MOECC) did not conduct a facility inspection in 2017. The MOECC inspections typically occur on a 3-year schedule.

The County is participating with the MOECC in a pilot program called “Draw the Graph” which utilizes previously learned plant optimization training and applies it to a specific process within the plant. The project selected at Woodstock WWTP was to complete a solids balance across the anaerobic digesters by measuring side streams and solids levels in an effort to gage the volatile solids destruction across the units and their current capacity. This work is still ongoing.

Energy Efficiency work is on-going at the Woodstock WWTP with the permission of MOECC approvals branch. Staff assisted by a third party consultant and the County’s Energy Management Coordinator have been piloting shutting down the second treatment train at the facility and optimizing treatment within the first train to achieve a reduction in energy use. The plant has performed well since the shutdown of the second treatment train over May to July A report summarizing the outcomes is being prepared and should be completed by March 2018. The unused capacity is available at any time should it be needed.




24436 23897

26721

32995 33043

20723 2053722168

17186 17655

20529

16331

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

35000

40000


Eff

luen

t F

low

(m

3/d

)

Month

Woodstock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average Daily Flow, 2017

Monthly Avg. Daily Flow

Plant Capacity 33,000

Plant Average Daily Flow 23018

2.2 2.3 2.33.0

2.2 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.32.8

2.0

3.8

0

5

10

15

20

25


Eff

luen

t C

BO

D5 (m

g/L

)

Month

Woodstock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average CBOD5 - 2017

CBOD5 (mg/L)

Freezing Criteria


Freezing Criteria 20(mg/L) Freezing Criteria 20(mg/L)

Non-freezing Criteria 15(mg/L)


4.2

2.0

5.8 6.0

4.84.3

3.0 3.2

5.0 4.8

3.54.3

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16


Eff

luen

t S

S (

mg

/L)

Month

Woodstock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average SS - 2017

SS (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 15(mg/L)

0.19

0.13

0.19

0.22 0.22 0.23 0.22 0.240.27 0.26

0.18

0.29

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8


Eff

luen

t T

P (

mg

/L)

Month

Woodstock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average TP - 2017

Total P (mg/L)

Criteria

Criteria 0.75 (mg/L)



0.18 0.18 0.15 0.23 0.300.15

0.430.28

0.10 0.12 0.15 0.23

0

1

2

3

4

5

6


Eff

luen

t A

mm

on

ia (

mg

/L)

Month

Woodstock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Average Ammonia - 2017

Ammonia (mg/L)

Freezing Period Criteria

Non-freezing Period Criteria



58

148 4

1711

0

50

100

150

200

250


Eff

lue

nt

E.

Co

li (

#/1

00 m

L)

Month

Woodstock WWTP Effluent, Monthly Geomean E. Coli - 2017

E. Coli (#/100 mL)geomean

Criteria

Criteria 200 #/100 mL

Biosolids 2017 Annual Report | Page 1

2017 ANNUAL NON-AGRICULTURAL SOURCE MATERIAL (NASM) SUMMARY REPORT

Including Biosolids Land Application Program and Biosolids Centralized Storage Facility (BCSF)


Oxford County prepares a report summarizing the Biosolids Land Application Program and performance of the BCSF. The report details the latest quality testing results and quantity statistics and any non-compliance conditions that may have occurred. It is available for review by the end of March on the internet at www.oxfordcounty.ca/Services-for-You/Water-Wastewater/Wastewater/Annual-reports or by contacting the Public Works Department.


Oxford County owns and operates nine wastewater treatment plants. They are listed in the table below along with their predominant treatment system and method of biosolids treatment and handling.

Plant Name Plant Process Biosolids Processing and Handling

Woodstock WWTP Conventional Activated Sludge

Anaerobic digestion, centrifuge dewatering, and transported to storage at BCSF prior to land application.

Ingersoll WWTP Conventional Activated Sludge

Anaerobic digestion, centrifuge dewatering, and transported to storage at BCSF prior to land application.

Tillsonburg WWTP Conventional Activated Sludge

Aerobic digestion, centrifuge dewatering, and transported to storage at BCSF prior to land application.

Thamesford WWTP Extended aeration Aerobic digestion and liquid storage on site prior to land application.

Drumbo WWTP Sequencing Batch Reactor

No digestion, co-thickened sludge removed for further treatment at the Woodstock WWTP.

Tavistock WWTP Lagoon System Stored in lagoons on site until land applied usually between 10 to 20 years storage.

Norwich WWTP Lagoon System Stored in lagoons on site until land applied usually between 10 to 20 years storage.

Plattsville WWTP Lagoon System Stored in lagoons on site until land applied usually between 10 to 20 years storage.

Mount Elgin WWTP

Black/Grey Water Recirculation Sand Filter and Common Drainage field.

Homeowners have septic tanks maintained by Oxford County requiring septage removal once every 3 to 5 years and transported to the Ingersoll or Woodstock WWTP.

Attachment 2 to PW 2018-09March 28, 2019




The BCSF Facility description is provided below:

Biosolids Off-site Dedicated Storage: BCSF

ECA Number: 3816-76HRTS

BCSF Owner & Contact Information:



2. Biosolids Land Application Program Description The biosolids land application program for the beneficial reuse as a nutrient was developed based on the Oxford County Biosolids Management Master Plan (BMMP). The five main elements of the Biosolids Management Master Plan include: more enforcement of the Oxford County Sewer Use By-law, dewatering of stabilized biosolids at each of the major wastewater treatment plants, transporting thickened sludge from smaller plants to the nearest major wastewater treatment plant for processing, land application of all biosolids on farms having a non-agricultural source material (NASM) plan, and centralized storage of biosolids when the material cannot be land applied. The BCSF houses dewatered biosolids for periods such as winter months when the dewatered product cannot be directly land applied. The storage building is designed to provide a minimum of 240 days storage. It is also designed with segregated storage bays so that should material be determined to be non-compliant, it can be removed and taken to landfill and not mixed with compliant biosolids destined for land application. The BCSF will ultimately have sufficient room to house 7,000 m3 of material and will be built in two phases. The existing building (Phase 1) includes 12 bays; and Phase 2 currently under construction adds an additional four bays. The BCSF has sufficient space to accommodate the 240-day storage requirements for all of the wastewater treatment plants. The individual bays are slightly inclined with cement walls to allow for easy piling of the material. The incoming material is segregated by system and month and is deposited in the appropriate bay, after which Oxford County staff push the biosolids into higher piles at the back of the bay using a loader. The enforcement of the Oxford County Sewer Use By-law was an important step in protecting the quality of the biosolids, and to this end, maintains an active monitoring and enforcement group with the goal of improving the quality and reducing the quantity of biosolids produced. The following table summarizes the quantity of biosolids generated in 2017.

Facility

2017 Biosolids

Land Applied

2017 Raw Sludge

Hauled Between Plants

2017 Total

Biosolids Generated Biosolids Type Destination

Woodstock WWTP

3193 wet tonnes

3103 wet tonnes

Anaerobic dewatered

BCSF & Land Application

Ingersoll WWTP

783 wet tonnes

905 wet tonnes

Anaerobic dewatered


Tillsonburg WWTP

1104 wet tonnes

1150 wet tonnes

Aerobic dewatered


Thamesford WWTP

1185 m3 1185 m3 Aerobic liquid Land Application

Drumbo SBR

1021 m3 Co-thickened

Primary Sludge Woodstock

WWTP



3.1. Biosolids Quality Assurance and Control Measures Sampling Procedure Sampling is carried out as per the ECA. Biosolids analysis is provided to the contractor and farmer for their use at the time of land application. The biosolids are resampled at the time of land application for verification purposes. Laboratory and Field Testing The samples are analyzed by SGS Lakefield Research Ltd., a CAEAL certified lab. The results are entered into an excel spreadsheet and reviewed for compliance with the regulations. The analytical results of the dewatered biosolids are also summarized and used for the calculation of monthly and yearly averages (Appendix A). 3.2. Biosolids Quality The table below highlights the analytical results for metals versus the regulated maximum criteria. All sources of biosolids were compliant and were acceptable to be used as a nutrient for the land application program. More information can be found in Appendix A. The results of the on-site verification sampling of biosolids prior to land application can be found in Appendix A. These samples provide a further check on the quality of the material. All 2017 samples complied with the NMA criteria. The Biosolids Contractor provides Nutrient reports to individual farmers on each application to aid in the beneficial use of the product as a nutrient. The contractor’s table of NASM plans indicating spreading applications is included in Appendix A. In summary, Oxford County’s Biosolids Management program provided effective production, transport, storage, and eventual reuse as a nutrient via land application of all biosolids generated under the program. All operation and maintenance activities were performed by Oxford County staff in the wastewater treatment plants. The transportation of the biosolids from the wastewater treatment facilities to the storage building was done by Oxford County’s wastewater staff and Super Saver Disposal (Ontario) Inc. working on Oxford County’s behalf or by Oxford County’s own forces under ECA # A900939. Also contracted this year was Bartels Environmental Services Inc. to move 1000 tonne of Norwich Lagoon biosolids into the BCSF. The BCSF is properly permitted to receive the material. We intend to blend this material with the existing biosolids since it lacks enough nutrients on its own for beneficial reuse but is compliant otherwise; this plan was acceptable to MOECC local office. The odour category needed to be tested as it didn’t fit the OMAFRA odour table of materials, this required permission from OMAFRA which was received after discussion with them. The Norwich material has been tested and the result is that it is the lowest odour category an OC1 and will not cause a problem when blended with our existing material, the setbacks and handling requirements will remain unchanged. The material will remain in a bunker in the building until mixed in 2018 and land applied for beneficial reuse.


Comparison of Generated Biosolids to NMA Criteria for Metals in mg/kg Dry Solids.

Parameter Woodstock

WWTP Ingersoll WWTP

Tillsonburg WWTP

Thamesford WWTP

Regulatory Limit

Metals mg/kg dry solids

2017 Annual

Average

2017 Annual Average

2017 Annual

Average

2017 Annual Average Maximum

Arsenic 5.9 5.9 4.7 4 170

Cadmium 1 0.8 0.7 0.3 34

Cobalt 5.2 4.0 3.0 2.6 340

Chromium 64 41 22 10 2800

Copper 642 722 587 263 1700

Mercury 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.1 11

Molybdenum 11 18 6.6 6 94

Nickel 93 33 57.8 11 420

Lead 40 15 18.9 4 1100

Selenium 7 10 8.9 5 34

Zinc 1009 1493 714 330 4200

The Biosolids from all facilities were compliant with the Nutrient Management Act (NMA) regulations governing NASM.

4. Non-Compliance, Complaints

There were no upsets or spills during the year of operation and no complaints were received for the 2017 fiscal year.

5. Operation of the Stormwater Management Pond for the BCSF The stormwater management pond services a total drainage area of 4.85 ha consisting of leaf and yard waste composting pad as well as the BCSF. It was designed to attenuate storm water runoff from storm events and was constructed as per the amended ECA # 4022-A8YQ6R.

5.1. Sampling Procedure Samples are collected semi-annually during spring and fall after a significant rainfall event and analyzed for the following:

Alkalinity Total Ammonia Nitrogen Chloride Iron Nitrate Nitrogen Nitrite Nitrogen TKN Total Phosphorus Total Suspended Solids Sulphate CBOD COD Phenol pH Temperature Conductivity Dissolved Oxygen

5.2. Stormwater Management Pond Performance & Effluent The stormwater management facility provided effective attenuation of stormwater in 2017 with no adverse or abnormal conditions occurring. The facility is inspected regularly and a log book of the inspections is maintained at the BCSF. The results of the sampling program are included in Appendix A in a summary Table.


5.3. Spills, Upset and Abnormal Conditions There were no spills or abnormal discharge events in 2017.

6. Inspection of the BCSF

The BCSF was cleaned and an in-house inspection took place on June 22, 2017. Waste Management Facility staff swept the building prior to inspection and a vacuum truck was used to pump out the sump pits. The following is a list of items found during inspection and the actions taken:

Inspection Item Action Taken

There are cracks in the concrete floor at the aisle end of the concrete divider wall of Bays 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 & 12. All of the cracks in the floor appear to be hairline cracks

No action required at this time, minor cracks.

In the center aisle east of Bay 5 there is a piece of concrete reinforcing steel exposed.

No action required at this time.

In Bay 12 on the south side near the west end, there are two locations in the floor that are broken.

No action required at this time.

There are minor cracks in the exterior walls on all sides of the building, some have minor staining, but none of them have opened up.

There is no action required.

In Bay 11 near the east opening, on the south side there is a broken piece of concrete approximately 24” in diameter.


There are some chips in the floor of Bays 2, 4, 5, 8, 10 & 12. The chips are only approximately a ½ inch deep.


Sump pits have been pumped out. There is no action required.

Solar panels have been installed on roof. There is no action required.

7. Summary The BCSF provided effective winter storage for the Oxford County biosolids land application program and was in excellent overall condition. No complaints were received about the operation of either facility in 2017. Expansion of the building with the addition of four bays began in the late fall of 2017 and will continue into 2018, it is a CWWF funded project.

Appendix A

Ingersoll WWTP De-Water Sludge 2017

Lab Number January February March April May June July August September October November December

Sample Date Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average

Average

Specific Gravity 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Oil & Grease (total) 24500 27500 16500 27000 31000 32500 25500 26000 27000 26500 31667 27889 27436

pH units 7.48 7.41 7.69 7.50 7.61 7.52 7.49 6.48 7.26 7.44 7.74 7.56 7.45

Alkalinity (mg/L as CaCO3) 1840 1048 1775 2845 2932 1970 1350 464 832 1030 1597 1368 1675

Total Solids % 20.1 21.1 20.5 20.4 20.4 20.3 22.8 22.2 20.7 19.9 20.0 19.7 20.6

Volatile Solids % 13.8 14.1 13.3 12.8 12.9 12.9 12.9 12.3 13.3 11.9 11.8 12.3 12.8

Total Nitrogen-kjeldahl (N) mg/kg 9450 12000 9600 9100 10640 9400 8900 8050 7400 7650 8433 8744 9207

Ammonia+Ammonium (N) mg/kg 1250 1150 1050 1250 1880 1200 1400 450 650 1550 1467 1422 1282

Nitrite as N mg/kg 0.2 0.3 1.0 0.2 2.5 4.3 1.7 1.8 61.2 0.2 0.3 1.0 6.1

Nitrate as N mg/kg 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 480.0 23.7 0.3 0.3 0.3 40

Nitrite+Nitrate as N mg/kg 0.3 0.4 1.0 0.3 2.5 4.3 1.7 480.0 86.2 0.3 0.4 1.0 46

As Arsenic mg/kg 5.0 6.5 5.5 6 6 5 5 8 5 5 8 6 6

B Boron mg/kg 25 20 27 30 35 19 31 32 36 53 61 56 36

Ca Calcium mg/kg 31500 41000 46000 48000 40400 41000 45500 46500 40500 38000 40333 51778 43198

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 1.5 0.7 0.8 1.0 0.7 0.8 0.6 0.9 1.0 0.8 0.5 0.7 0.8

Co Cobalt mg/kg 3 4 4 4.0 4 4.0 4.5 5.0 4.5 3.5 3.6 3.5 4.0

Cr Chromium mg/kg 36 37 38 42 48 53 38 38 38 35 40 40 41

Cu Copper mg/kg 600 660 680 675 702 870 725 760 710 685 717 792 722

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.25 0.54 0.29 0.35 0.43 3.65 0.32 0.33 0.29 0.37 0.39 0.35 0.6

K Potassium mg/kg 1150 1500 1500 1500 1300 1350 1850 1850 1450 1150 1267 1289 1430

Mg Magnesium mg/kg 4300 5500 6150 6350 5640 5350 6500 7350 6300 5400 5633 5344 5872

Mo Molybdenum mg/kg 18 18 15 17 19 22 14 17 21 18 21 19 18

Na Sodium mg/kg 1450 1550 1650 1550 1540 1600 1400 1400 1450 1550 1567 1722 1545

Ni Nickel mg/kg 32 33 35 33 35 36 31 35 35 34 31 33 33

P Phosphorus mg/kg 35000 35500 37000 38500 37400 40000 33000 33000 34500 35000 36333 34778 35974

Pb Lead mg/kg 12 14 19 17 14 13 13 14 15 15 22 18 15

Se Selenium mg/kg 10 11 10 10 10 10 9 9 10 10 11 6 10

Zn Zinc 1450 1550 1550 1500 1560 1800 1450 1500 1450 1300 1300 1433 1493

E Coli (cfu/1gm dried wgt) 32683 35729 63311 68900 31465 776131 408809 329963 426085 13290 104227 145813 76,431 Geomean

All results less than MDL taken as MDL

Results Compared to Criteria Average Criteria

As Arsenic mg/kg 5.0 6.5 5.5 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 8.0 5.0 5.0 7.7 5.6 5.9 170

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 1.45 0.65 0.8 0.95 0.7 0.75 0.6 0.9 1 0.8 0.5 0.7 0.8 34

Co Cobalt mg/kg 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.2 4.0 4.5 5.0 4.5 3.5 3.6 3.5 4.0 340

Cr Chromium mg/kg 35.5 36.5 37.5 42 47.6 52.5 38 37.5 38 34.5 39.7 40 41 2800

Cu Copper mg/kg 600 660 680 675 702 870 725 760 710 685 716.7 792 722 1700

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.25 0.54 0.29 0.35 0.43 3.65 0.32 0.33 0.29 0.37 0.39 0.35 0.6 11

Mo Molybdenum mg/kg 17.5 18 15 16.5 19 21.5 13.5 17 21 17.5 21.3 19 18 94

Ni Nickel mg/kg 31.5 32.5 34.5 32.5 34.8 36 31 34.5 34.5 34 31 33 33 420

Pb Lead mg/kg 12 14 18.5 16.5 14 13 12.5 13.5 15 14.5 22 18 15 1100

Se Selenium mg/kg 10 11 10 10 10 10 9 9 10 10 11 6 10 34

Zn Zinc mg/kg 1450 1550 1550 1500 1560 1800 1450 1500 1450 1300 1300 1433 1493 4200

Ingersoll De-watered Biosolids Land Application Results 2017

Lab Number CA13656-MAY17 CA13803-MAY17 CA13201-NOV17

Sample Date 24-May-17 29-May-17 09-Nov-17

NASM 22665 NASM 22665 NASM 22953

Average

Specific Gravity 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.1

Oil & Grease (total) 27000 41000 30000 34000

pH units 7.74 8.00 7.84 7.87

Alkalinity (mg/L as CaCO3) 2540 4310 1670 3425

Total Solids % 19.8 20.4 21.5 20.1

Volatile Solids % 12.9 13.6 11.8 13.3

Total Nitrogen-kjeldahl (N) mg/kg 11000 12000 8400 11500

Ammonia+Ammonium (N) mg/kg 2300 2700 1600 2500

Nitrite as N mg/kg 6.8 4.5 0.2 5.7

Nitrate as N ** mg/kg 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

Nitrite+Nitrate as N mg/kg 6.8 4.5 0.3 5.7

As Arsenic mg/kg 5 8 5 7

B Boron mg/kg 23 48 55 36

Ca Calcium mg/kg 35000 38000 47000 36500

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 0.5 0.9 0.5 0.7

Co Cobalt mg/kg 4 4 4 4.0

Cr Chromium mg/kg 48 42 41 45

Cu Copper mg/kg 680 700 780 690

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.28 0.73 0.44 0.51

K Potassium mg/kg 1200 1200 1400 1200

Mg Magnesium mg/kg 4800 5700 6700 5250

Mo Molybdenum mg/kg 28 19 25 24

Na Sodium mg/kg 1600 1700 1500 1650

Ni Nickel mg/kg 37 35 36 36

P Phosphorus mg/kg 38000 38000 37000 38000

Pb Lead mg/kg 18 12 28 15

Se Selenium ** mg/kg 10 10 11 10.0

Zn Zinc 1600 1500 1500 1550

E Coli (cfu/1gm dried wgt) 26768 1127 223256 5,492

All results less than MDL taken as MDL **

Results Compared to Criteria

As Arsenic mg/kg 5.0 8.0 5.0 7

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 0.5 0.9 0.5 0.7

Co Cobalt mg/kg 4.0 4.0 4.0 4


Cu Copper mg/kg 680 700 780 690

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.28 0.73 0.44 0.5



Pb Lead mg/kg 18 12 28 15

Se Selenium mg/kg 10 10 11 10.0

Zn Zinc mg/kg 1600 1500 1500 1550

Thamesford WWTP Secondary Digester 2017


Sample Date Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average


pH units 7.02 7.05 6.92 7.07 6.97 7.10 7.00 7.11 7.12 7.07 7.23 7.21 7.08

Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/L 475 409 703 1315 556 519 464 527 412 710 443 410 580

Total Solids mg/L 23100 24300 31400 22500 30950 23950 20900 24400 24450 22567 21656 21100 24265

Volatile Solids mg/L 15400 16500 21050 15250 20950 15150 13150 16050 15400 13333 12978 13350 15653

Total Nitrogen-kjeldahl (N) mg/L 1350 1119 1730 1215 1680 1135 1122 1158 589 573 512 857 1055

Ammonia+Ammonium (N) mg/L 54 40 46.4 38.1 43.3 41.0 44.8 40.9 25.1 163.0 66.1 49.0 54.7

Nitrite as N mg/L 1.2 0.2 55.6 0.9 0.2 0.3 3.5 0.3 0.2 0.8 0.5 0.2 5.4

Nitrate as N mg/L 5.7 0.4 1.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 31.7 1.4 1.5 31 11 0.7 7.3

Nitrite+Nitrate as N mg/L 6.9 0.4 1.0 1.3 0.3 0.4 35.2 1.5 1.6 31 12 0.8 7.8

Oil & Grease (Total) mg/L 32 19 7 12 17 13 14 18 8 23 17 9 15

As Arsenic mg/L 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

B Boron mg/L 1.1 1.13 1.65 0.98 1.05 1.07 0.19 1.20 1.20 1.10 1.02 0.90 1.04

Ca Calcium mg/L 595 610 935 635 785 730 226 735 685 590 563 555 637

Cd Cadmium mg/L 0.007 0.009 0.010 0.009 0.007 0.008 0.005 0.011 0.008 0.008 0.006 0.008 0.008

Co Cobalt mg/L 0.06 0.06 0.09 0.06 0.08 0.08 0.02 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.06

Cr Chromium mg/L 0.22 0.23 0.34 0.21 0.35 0.30 0.09 0.23 0.34 0.25 0.22 0.18 0.25

Cu Copper mg/L 5.5 5.7 8.7 5.7 7.3 7.8 2.2 8.1 7.6 6.2 6.2 5.4 6.4

Hg Mercury mg/L 0.003 0.002 0.005 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.004 0.003

K Potassium mg/L 92 100 111 88 91 78 32 76 72 64 63 64 76

Mg Magnesium mg/L 104 104 145 105 60 120 43 125 110 96 89 73 97

Mo Molybdenum mg/L 0.1 0.15 0.23 0.13 0.23 0.19 0.05 0.19 0.20 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.1

Na Sodium mg/L 415 395 425 370 360 430 141 360 360 410 347 440 368

Ni Nickel mg/L 0.26 0.26 0.39 0.27 0.35 0.36 0.09 0.26 0.36 0.28 0.24 0.20 0.27

P Phosphorus mg/L 870 850 1300 790 1010 980 280 965 940 790 740 645 842

Pb Lead mg/L 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Se Selenium mg/L 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Zn Zinc mg/L 7.2 7.6 11.1 7.2 8.8 9.2 2.8 9.8 9.7 8.2 7.7 6.8 8.0


Results Compared to Criteria Criteria

As Arsenic mg/kg 4 6 5 7 5 7 8 6 6 4 5 7 4 170

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.3 0.5 0.4 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.6 0.3 34

Co Cobalt mg/kg 2.6 3.3 4.3 3.9 3.6 5.0 1.1 5.3 5.2 3.1 2.8 3.4 2.6 340

Cr Chromium mg/kg 10 14 16 14 17 19 6 14 22 11 10 13 10 2800

Cu Copper mg/kg 236 345 411 370 346 512 167 505 494 276 285 401 263 1700

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.108 0.121 0.214 0.131 0.143 0.231 0.266 0.218 0.195 0.089 0.092 0.300 0.122 11

Mo Molybdenum mg/kg 6 9 11 8 11 13 4 12 13 5 5 7 6 94

Ni Nickel mg/kg 11 15 19 18 17 23 6 16 23 13 11 15 11 420

Pb Lead mg/kg 4 6 5 7 5 4 8 6 6 4 6 7 4 1100

Se Selenium mg/kg 4 6 10 7 5 7 8 6 10 4 5 7 5 34

Zn Zinc mg/kg 310 458 525 469 418 604 209 607 630 362 354 509 330 4200

Application Sites2017 Thamesford WWTP Secondary DigesterLab Number CA12284-OCT17

Sample Date 10-Oct-17

NASM NASM 21796

Specific Gravity 1.0

pH units 7.21

Alkalinity (mg/L as CaCO3) mg/L 1790

Total Solids mg/L 29800

Volatile Solids mg/L 17700

Total Nitrogen-kjeldahl (N) mg/L 806

Ammonia+Ammonium (N) mg/L 458

Nitrite as N mg/L 0.2

Nitrate as N mg/L 0.3

Nitrite+Nitrate as N mg/L 0.3

Oil & Grease (Total) mg/L 38

As Arsenic mg/L 0.1

B Boron mg/L 1.3

Ca Calcium mg/L 780

Cd Cadmium mg/L 0.012

Co Cobalt mg/L 0.09

Cr Chromium mg/L 0.36

Cu Copper mg/L 8.1

Hg Mercury mg/L 0.003

K Potassium mg/L 82

Mg Magnesium mg/L 120

Mo Molybdenum mg/L 0.18

Na Sodium mg/L 410

Ni Nickel mg/L 0.40

P Phosphorus mg/L 1100

Pb Lead mg/L 0.1

Se Selenium mg/L 0.1

Zn Zinc mg/L 11

E Coli (cfu/1gm dried wgt) 12081 Geomean



As Arsenic mg/kg 3 170

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 0.4 34

Co Cobalt mg/kg 3.0 340

Cr Chromium mg/kg 12 2800

Cu Copper mg/kg 272 1700

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.101 11

Mo Molybdenum mg/kg 6 94

Ni Nickel mg/kg 13 420

Pb Lead mg/kg 3 1100

Se Selenium mg/kg 3 34

Zn Zinc mg/kg 369 4200

Tillsonburg WWTP De-Water Sludge 2017

Lab Number Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average

Sample Date Jan-17 Feb-17 Mar-17 Apr-17 May-17 Jun-17 Jul-17 Aug-17 Sep-17 Oct-17 Nov-17 Dec-17

Average


Oil & Grease (total) 6550 3700 6900 3150 7467 6550 5300 5400 6650 4700 4500 2550 5253

pH units 6.29 6.40 6.33 6.52 6.73 6.28 6.78 6.89 6.57 6.71 6.97 6.29 6.59

Alkalinity (mg/L as CaCO3) 173 264 341 305 704 204 552 845 105 370 1841 261 558

Total Solids % 19.3 22.8 21.1 26.0 20.0 22.6 22.7 23.2 22.0 21.1 21.7 18.3 21.8

Volatile Solids % 13 16 14.4 17.9 13.6 15.0 14.4 13.8 13.1 13.0 13.5 12.5 14.2


Ammonia+Ammonium (N) mg/L 150 100 100 100 333 105 100 100 150 200 433 200 186

Nitrite as N mg/L 56 101 3.2 135 77 100 55.1 55 21 82 57 23 64

Nitrate as N mg/L 123 409 180.2 240 137 258 50.2 190 194 149 135 123 183

Nitrite+Nitrate as N mg/L 181 510 182.0 375 214 360 105.2 245 214 230 190 149 247

As Arsenic mg/kg 6 7 5 4 5 4 4.0 4 5 5 5 4 5

B Boron mg/kg 36 21 35 23 24 25 32.0 27 30 28 26 47 29

Ca Calcium mg/kg 21500 22000 29000 24500 29000 28000 32000 31500 28500 29500 27333 34500 28481

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 0.8 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.3 0.6 0.9 0.7

Co Cobalt mg/kg 3 2 3 2 2 2.5 3.0 5 4 4 3 4 3.0

Cr Chromium mg/kg 21 20 18 17 22 20 21 24 20 22 21 43 22

Cu Copper mg/kg 615 545 575 490 607 555 560 585 625 675 603 620 587

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.39 0.42 0.39 0.28 0.37 0 0.7 0.46 2.20 0.91 0.65 0.51 0.7

K Potassium mg/kg 2250 2300 2500 2500 2700 2250 2550 2500 2200 2400 2567 3600 2548



Na Sodium mg/kg 2000 1800 2050 1650 1867 1750 1850 1750 1600 1750 1733 3150 1901

Ni Nickel mg/kg 62 60 66 52 60 59 52 63 60 61 58 46 58


Pb Lead mg/kg 27 14 19 12 14 15 20 22 17 27 19 29 19

Se Selenium mg/kg 11 10 10 8 10 9 9 9 10 10 10 5 9

Zn Zinc 675 615 645 565 683 645 675 800 850 875 757 750 714

E Coli (cfu/1gm dried wgt) 22972 7201 134793 2759 20116 18358 19076 14484 28780 10850 80491 954156 21361 Geomean



As Arsenic mg/kg 5.5 6.5 5.0 4.0 5.3 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.0 3.5 4.7 170

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 0.75 0.60 0.70 0.60 0.73 0.80 0.65 0.65 0.65 1.25 0.60 0.85 0.7 34

Co Cobalt mg/kg 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 5 4 4 3.0 4 3.0 340

Cr Chromium mg/kg 21 20 18 17 22 20 21 24 20 22 21 43 22 2800

Cu Copper mg/kg 615 545 575 490 607 555 560 585 625 675 603 620 587 1700

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.5 2.2 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.7 11

Mo Molybdenum mg/kg 7.5 6.0 7 4 9 6 4 8 7 6 7 9 6.6 94

Ni Nickel mg/kg 62 60 66 52 60 59 52 63 60 61 58 46 57.8 420

Pb Lead mg/kg 27 14 19 12 14 15 20 22 17 27 19 29 18.9 1100

Se Selenium mg/kg 10.5 9.5 9.5 7.5 10 9 9 9 10 10 9.6666667 5 8.9 34

Zn Zinc mg/kg 675 615 645 565 683 645 675 800 850 875 757 750 714 4200

Tillsonburg De-watered Biosolids Land Application Results

Lab Number CA13495-JUN17 CA12573-NOV17

Sample Date June 13 to 14, 2017 Nov. 9 & 10, 2017

NASM 22020 NASM22276 Average

Specific Gravity 1.0 1.0 1.0

Oil & Grease (total) 5600 7300 6450

pH units 7.39 7.97 7.68

Alkalinity (mg/L as CaCO3) 1510 4660 3085

Total Solids % 17.7 22.0 19.9

Volatile Solids % 11.6 12.5 12.1

Total Nitrogen-kjeldahl (N) mg/L 5200 6400 5800

Ammonia+Ammonium (N) mg/L 700 1000 850

Nitrite as N mg/L 2.5 0.2 1.4

Nitrate as N ** mg/L 0.6 0.3 0.5

Nitrite+Nitrate as N mg/L 3.2 0.3 1.8

As Arsenic ** mg/kg 6 4 5

B Boron mg/kg 11 38 25

Ca Calcium mg/kg 31000 28000 29500

Cd Cadmium ** mg/kg 1.0 0.4 0.7

Co Cobalt mg/kg 2 2 2

Cr Chromium mg/kg 22 17 20

Cu Copper mg/kg 670 570 620

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.37 0.73 0.55

K Potassium mg/kg 2700 2200 2450

Mg Magnesium mg/kg 3800 4000 3900

Mo Molybdenum mg/kg 8 8 8

Na Sodium mg/kg 2100 1700 1900

Ni Nickel mg/kg 69 57 63

P Phosphorus mg/kg 45000 35000 40000

Pb Lead mg/kg 13 22 18

Se Selenium ** mg/kg 11 9 10

Zn Zinc 740 730 735

E Coli (cfu/1gm dried wgt) 42373 7727 18,095 Geomean

** All results less than MDL taken as MDL


As Arsenic mg/kg 6.0 4.0 5.0 170

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 1.0 0.40 0.7 34

Co Cobalt mg/kg 2 2.0 2 340


Cu Copper mg/kg 670 570 620 1700

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.4 0.7 0.6 11



Pb Lead mg/kg 13 22 18 1100

Se Selenium mg/kg 11 9 10 34

Zn Zinc mg/kg 740 730 735 4200

Woodstock WWTP Dewatered Sludge


Sample Date Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average

Average


Oil & Grease (total) 49500 49000 42667 45000 43813 37500 41200 43500 43500 47000 44667 45000 44050

pH units 7.65 7.50 7.30 7.31 7.51 7.02 7.40 7.35 7.43 7.59 8.02 7.47 7.50

Alkalinity (as CaCO3) 1090 1128 1441 1730 2925 1160 1278 5750 1705 1235 2398 1728 2158

Total Solids % 25.8 25.8 26.0 25.9 25.5 26.6 26.4 28.5 28.3 27.5 26.3 25.8 26.4

Volatile Solids % 14 15 14.5 14.5 14.4 15.1 15.4 15.2 14.9 14.7 13.9 15.0 14.6


Ammonia+Ammonium (N) mg/L 500 650 733 900 1351 600 835 850 1000 900 1317 850 990

Nitrite as N mg/L 1.4 0.2 1.1 0.8 2.3 0.6 2.6 2.9 1.2 0.6 1.5 2.6 1.6

Nitrate as N mg/L 0.4 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.4 0.3 0.4

Nitrite+Nitrate as N mg/L 1.7 0.3 1.5 0.8 2.5 0.6 2.9 3.1 1.5 0.6 1.7 2.6 1.7

As Arsenic mg/kg 4 6 4.0 5 6 5 8 7 5 6 8 6 6

B Boron mg/kg 28 33 28 29 31 23 29 25 27 19 28 29 28

Ca Calcium mg/kg 34500 35500 33667 37500 36525 36000 36950 33500 35000 37000 36000 34000 35694

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 1 1 1 1 0.8 1 2 1 1 1 0.9 2 1.0

Co Cobalt mg/kg 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 6 6 6 6 4 5

Cr Chromium mg/kg 61 59 56 65 62 64 69 61 66 63 66 74 64

Cu Copper mg/kg 685 660 627 660 650 610 670 580 590 660 648 675 642

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.7 0.6 0.67 0.72 0.61 0.99 0.49 0.47 0.49 0.69 0.77 0.68 1

K Potassium mg/kg 820 845 860 1000 948 1150 1200 920 960 890 972 820 954



Na Sodium mg/kg 1035 995 1050 1000 1084 970 1100 830 810 890 922 1050 986

Ni Nickel mg/kg 115 105 103 120 108 105 105 87 79 68 76 53 93


Pb Lead mg/kg 46 42 42 38 36 38 43 43 41 43 43 35 40

Se Selenium mg/kg 8 8 8 8 7 8 8 7 7 7 8 4 7

Zn Zinc mg/kg 1050 1050 970 975 1078 970 1050 900 930 1000 980 1100 1009




As Arsenic mg/kg 4.0 5.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 4.5 7.5 6.5 5.0 5.5 8.0 6.0 5.9 170

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.00 0.78 1.00 1.80 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.93 1.50 1.02 34

Co Cobalt mg/kg 5.0 5.0 4.7 5.0 4.6 5.5 5.1 5.5 6.0 6.0 5.8 4.0 5.2 340

Cr Chromium mg/kg 61 59 56 65 62 64 69 61 66 63 66 74 64 2800

Cu Copper mg/kg 685 660 627 660 650 610 670 580 590 660 648 675 642 1700

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.6 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.7 0.7 11

Mo Molybdenum mg/kg 14 11 10 8 12 9 11 10 12 11 12 12 11 94

Ni Nickel mg/kg 115 105 103 120 108 105 105 87 79 68 76 53 93 420

Pb Lead mg/kg 46 42 42 38 36 38 43 43 41 43 43 35 40 1100

Se Selenium mg/kg 8.0 8.0 7.7 8 7 8 8 7 7 7 8 4 7 34

Zn Zinc mg/kg 1050 1050 970 975 1078 970 1050 900 930 1000 980 1100 1009 4200

Woodstock WWTP Dewatered Sludge 2017

Lab Number CA-12910-MAY17 CA19202-MAY17 CA19206-MAY17 CA13657-MAY17 CA13656-MAY17 CA12142-NOV17 CA12954-NOV17 CA13963-NOV17

Sample Date 16-May-17 May 17 & 18, 2017 19-May-17 24-May-17 May 24 & 25, 2017 Oct. 31 & Nov. 1 20-Nov-17 27-Nov-17

NASM Number NASM 22953 NASM22952 NASM22665 NASM 22665 NASM 22665 NASM 23054 NASM 22276 NASM 22953 Average

Specific Gravity 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Oil & Grease (total) 45000 49000 28000 46400 26600 43000 43000 46000 40875

pH units 7.71 7.41 7.41 7.68 7.74 8.42 8.61 8.43 7.93

Alkalinity (as CaCO3) 1590 9460 7710 1920 2540 2710 3520 3180 4079

Total Solids % 25.3 27.1 27.0 25.9 19.8 26.5 25.3 25.9 25.4

Volatile Solids % 13.7 15.1 14.4 14.5 12.9 13.5 13.0 13.3 13.8

Total Nitrogen-kjeldahl (N) mg/L 9900 9100 9000 10600 10900 7100 11000 11000 9825

Ammonia+Ammonium (N) mg/L 1700 1400 1500 1480 2330 2100 2600 700 1726

Nitrite as N mg/L 0.3 2.0 1.1 5.1 6.8 0.5 1.2 2.2 2.4

Nitrate as N mg/L 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.4

Nitrite+Nitrate as N mg/L 0.7 2.4 1.1 5.1 6.8 0.8 1.2 2.8 2.6

As Arsenic mg/kg 7 7 4 4 5 12 8 7 7

B Boron mg/kg 39 41 41 31 23 36 32 18 33

Ca Calcium mg/kg 39000 36000 38000 33000 35200 41000 38000 34000 36775

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 0.6 0.7 2.0 0.94 0.5 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.9

Co Cobalt mg/kg 4 5 6 5.0 4.1 7.0 6 5 5

Cr Chromium mg/kg 65 63 67 55 48 76 68 57 62

Cu Copper mg/kg 670 760 750 580 681 680 720 580 678

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.53 0.68 0.93 0.69 0.28 0.99 1.0 0.58 0.71

K Potassium mg/kg 960 730 730 810 1240 1000 1400 840 964

Mg Magnesium mg/kg 5800 5100 5500 4690 4800 6400 6200 5200 5461

Mo Molybdenum mg/kg 9 13 16 11 28 13 11 10 14

Na Sodium mg/kg 1100 1100 1100 965 1630 980 1000 900 1097

Ni Nickel mg/kg 130 120 130 98 37 98 100 80 99

P Phosphorus mg/kg 37000 35000 36000 35600 38000 34000 34000 30000 34950

Pb Lead mg/kg 40 50 48 37 18 56 45 40 42

Se Selenium mg/kg 8 8 8 8 10 8 8 8 8

Zn Zinc mg/kg 1000 1200 1200 923 1600 1000 1000 920 1105

E Coli (cfu/1gm dried wgt) 791 1107 1852 812 26800 38 40 4710 842 Geomean



As Arsenic mg/kg 7.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 12.0 8.0 7.0 7 170

Cd Cadmium mg/kg 0.60 2.00 0.94 0.50 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.9 34

Co Cobalt mg/kg 4.0 6.0 5.0 4.1 7.0 6.0 5.0 5 340

Cr Chromium mg/kg 65 67 55 48 76 68 57 62 2800

Cu Copper mg/kg 670 750 580 681 680 720 580 678 1700

Hg Mercury mg/kg 0.5 0.9 0.7 0.3 1.0 1.0 0.6 0.7 11

Mo Molybdenum mg/kg 9 16 11 28 13 11 10 14 94

Ni Nickel mg/kg 130 130 98 37 98 100 80 99 420

Pb Lead mg/kg 40 48 37 18 56 45 40 42 1100

Se Selenium mg/kg 8 8 8 10 8 8 8 8.3 34

Zn Zinc mg/kg 1000 1200 923 1600 1000 1000 920 1105 4200

22665

Ingersoll

19-May-17

Nutrient Concentration (ppm - dry basis)

Date Sampled TKN Ammonium Nitrate

Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +

Nitrate) Copper Phosphorus Zinc Solids

4 Month Avg. 9600 1333.33 0.53 8266.67 1333.86 675.00 37300.00 1516.67 20.63Average

(kg/tonne) 0.96 0.13 0.00 0.83 0.13 0.07 3.73 0.15 0.00

** Sample results from SGS Lakefield Research Limited

Total Area: ha 15.29 26.00 tonne/Ha

Total Area: ac 37.77 11.58 ton/ac

NUTRIENT VALUE

Nutrient Organic N Plant Aval N Copper Phosphourus Zinc Total Solids

Kg/Ha 21.52 3.47 1.76 97.09 3.95 0.05

LBS/ Acre 19.20 3.10 1.57 86.64 3.52 0.05

ORGANIC N (TKN) RELEASE PHOSPHORUS AVAILABILITY

YEAR % N Release LBs N/ Acre YEAR % P Release LBs P/Acre

Year 1 30% 5.76 Year 1 40% 34.65

Year 2 10% 1.92 Year 2 40% 34.65

Year 3 5% 0.96

Application Rate of Metals

As Cd Co Cr Cu Hg Mo Ni Pb Se Zn

Kg/ Ha 0.031 0.004 0.022 0.216 3.622 0.002 0.088 0.177 0.088 0.054 8.138

LBS/ Arce 0.028 0.004 0.020 0.193 3.232 0.002 0.079 0.158 0.079 0.048 7.262 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33

Metals Not Beneficial for Agriculture Metals Beneficial for Agriculture

Annual ReportNASM Plan:

Material Applied:

Date of Application:

Total

Volume

Applied (t)

398Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha5.40

22665

Woodstock

19-May-17



Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +


4 Month Avg. 9300 700 1.13 8600.00 701.13 654.44 34100.00 1006.67 25.87Average

(kg/tonne) 0.93 0.07 0.00 0.86 0.07 0.07 3.41 0.10 0.00




NUTRIENT VALUE


Kg/Ha 20.63 1.68 1.57 81.80 2.41 0.06

LBS/ Acre 18.41 1.50 1.40 72.99 2.15 0.06



Year 1 30% 5.52 Year 1 40% 29.20

Year 2 10% 1.84 Year 2 40% 29.20

Year 3 5% 0.92



Kg/ Ha 0.028 0.006 0.030 0.370 4.063 0.004 0.065 0.068 0.260 0.049 6.250

LBS/ Arce 0.025 0.005 0.027 0.330 3.625 0.004 0.058 0.061 0.232 0.044 5.577 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33


Total

Volume

Applied (t)

552Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha6.20


Material Applied:


22953

Woodstock

Field 1Ai

16-May-17



Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +



(kg/tonne) 0.93 0.07 0.00 0.86 0.07 0.07 3.41 0.10 0.00




NUTRIENT VALUE


Kg/Ha 18.57 1.51 1.41 73.62 2.17 0.06

LBS/ Acre 16.57 1.35 1.26 65.69 1.94 0.05



Year 1 30% 4.97 Year 1 40% 26.28

Year 2 10% 1.66 Year 2 40% 26.28

Year 3 5% 0.83



Kg/ Ha 0.025 0.006 0.027 0.333 3.652 0.004 0.058 0.614 0.234 0.044 5.617

LBS/ Arce 0.022 0.005 0.024 0.297 3.259 0.004 0.052 0.548 0.209 0.039 5.012 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33


Total

Volume

Applied (t)

144Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha5.60


Material Applied:


22953

Woodstock

Field 2

8-Nov-17



Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +


4 Month Avg. 8800 896.25 2 7903.75 898.25 625.00 30500.00 970.00 27.66Average

(kg/tonne) 0.88 0.09 0.00 0.79 0.09 0.06 3.05 0.10 0.00




NUTRIENT VALUE


Kg/Ha 22.51 2.56 1.78 86.88 2.76 0.08

LBS/ Acre 20.09 2.28 1.59 77.52 2.47 0.07



Year 1 30% 6.03 Year 1 40% 31.01

Year 2 10% 2.01 Year 2 40% 31.01

Year 3 5% 1.00



Kg/ Ha 0.048 0.009 0.045 0.508 4.927 0.004 0.085 0.666 0.335 0.057 7.647

LBS/ Arce 0.043 0.008 0.040 0.453 4.396 0.004 0.076 0.594 0.299 0.051 6.823 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33


Total

Volume

Applied (t)

564Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha7.90


Material Applied:


22953

Ingersoll

8-Nov-17



Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +



(kg/tonne) 0.84 0.09 0.02 0.75 0.11 0.07 3.36 0.14 0.00




NUTRIENT VALUE


Kg/Ha 21.35 3.07 2.06 95.82 4.11 0.06

LBS/ Acre 19.05 2.74 1.84 85.50 3.67 0.05



Year 1 30% 5.71 Year 1 40% 34.20

Year 2 10% 1.90 Year 2 40% 34.20

Year 3 5% 0.95



Kg/ Ha 0.036 0.005 0.028 0.228 4.442 0.002 0.102 0.205 0.083 0.058 8.866

LBS/ Arce 0.032 0.004 0.025 0.203 3.964 0.002 0.091 0.183 0.074 0.052 7.911 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33



Material Applied:


Total

Volume

Applied (t)

385Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha6.10

22276

Tillsonburg

9-Nov-17



Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +



(kg/tonne) 0.82 0.01 0.02 0.81 0.03 0.06 3.80 0.07 0.00




NUTRIENT VALUE


Kg/Ha 26.28 1.12 1.89 123.49 2.41 0.07

LBS/ Acre 23.45 1.00 1.69 110.19 2.15 0.07



Year 1 30% 7.04 Year 1 40% 44.08

Year 2 10% 2.35 Year 2 40% 44.08

Year 3 5% 1.17



Kg/ Ha 0.030 0.005 0.026 0.154 4.265 0.007 0.044 0.444 0.135 0.066 5.448

LBS/ Arce 0.027 0.004 0.023 0.137 3.806 0.006 0.039 0.396 0.120 0.059 4.861 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33


Total

Volume

Applied (t)

376Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha7.30


Material Applied:


22276

Woodstock

9-Nov-17



Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +



(kg/tonne) 0.92 0.09 0.00 0.83 0.09 0.06 3.06 0.10 0.00




NUTRIENT VALUE


Kg/Ha 26.95 2.97 2.01 99.49 3.14 0.09

LBS/ Acre 24.05 2.65 1.79 88.77 2.80 0.08



Year 1 30% 7.21 Year 1 40% 35.51

Year 2 10% 2.40 Year 2 40% 35.51

Year 3 5% 1.20



Kg/ Ha 0.058 0.011 0.050 0.581 5.563 0.005 0.099 0.780 0.379 0.066 8.685

LBS/ Arce 0.052 0.010 0.045 0.518 4.964 0.004 0.088 0.696 0.338 0.059 7.750 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33


Total

Volume

Applied (t)

488Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha9.00


Material Applied:


22020

Tillsonburg

13-Jun-17



Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +



(kg/tonne) 0.93 0.01 0.03 0.92 0.05 0.05 3.85 0.06 0.00




NUTRIENT VALUE


Kg/Ha 26.80 1.34 1.59 112.33 1.81 0.07

LBS/ Acre 23.92 1.20 1.42 100.23 1.61 0.06



Year 1 30% 7.18 Year 1 40% 40.09

Year 2 10% 2.39 Year 2 40% 40.09

Year 3 5% 1.20



Kg/ Ha 0.034 0.004 0.014 0.125 3.624 0.002 0.036 0.386 0.098 0.060 4.114

LBS/ Arce 0.030 0.004 0.012 0.112 3.234 0.002 0.032 0.344 0.087 0.054 3.671 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33


Total

Volume

Applied (t)

690Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha6.60


Material Applied:


23032

Tillsonburg

22-Jun-17



Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +



(kg/tonne) 0.93 0.01 0.03 0.92 0.05 0.05 3.86 0.06 0.00




NUTRIENT VALUE


Kg/Ha 24.41 1.22 1.45 102.57 1.65 0.06

LBS/ Acre 21.79 1.09 1.30 91.53 1.47 0.05



Year 1 30% 6.54 Year 1 40% 36.61

Year 2 10% 2.18 Year 2 40% 36.61

Year 3 5% 1.09



Kg/ Ha 0.031 0.004 0.013 0.114 3.290 0.002 0.039 0.351 0.089 0.054 3.735

LBS/ Arce 0.028 0.004 0.012 0.102 2.936 0.002 0.035 0.313 0.079 0.048 3.333 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33


Total

Volume

Applied (t)

38Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha6.00


Material Applied:


22952

Woodstock

17-May-17



Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +



(kg/tonne) 0.93 0.07 0.00 0.86 0.07 0.07 3.41 0.10 0.00




NUTRIENT VALUE


Kg/Ha 23.60 1.92 1.80 93.58 2.76 0.07

LBS/ Acre 21.06 1.72 1.60 83.50 2.46 0.06



Year 1 30% 6.32 Year 1 40% 33.40

Year 2 10% 2.11 Year 2 40% 33.40

Year 3 5% 1.05



Kg/ Ha 0.032 0.007 0.035 0.424 4.646 0.005 0.074 0.781 0.297 0.056 7.146

LBS/ Arce 0.029 0.006 0.031 0.378 4.146 0.004 0.066 0.697 0.265 0.050 6.376 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33


Total

Volume

Applied (t)

975Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha7.10


Material Applied:


23054

Woodstock

17-May-17



Organic N

(TKN -

Ammonium)

Plant Avail N

(Ammonium +



(kg/tonne) 0.92 0.09 0.00 0.83 0.09 0.06 3.06 0.10 0.00




NUTRIENT VALUE


Kg/Ha 17.82 1.96 1.33 65.76 2.08 0.06

LBS/ Acre 15.90 1.75 1.19 58.68 1.85 0.05



Year 1 30% 4.77 Year 1 40% 23.47

Year 2 10% 1.59 Year 2 40% 23.47

Year 3 5% 0.79



Kg/ Ha 0.038 0.007 0.033 0.384 3.683 0.003 0.065 0.516 0.251 0.043 5.749

LBS/ Arce 0.034 0.006 0.029 0.343 3.286 0.003 0.058 0.460 0.224 0.038 5.130 Maximum

allowable

addition

(kg/ha) per 5

years

1.1 0.27 2.7 23.30 13.6 0.09 0.8 3.56 9 0.27 33


Total

Volume

Applied (t)

470Application

Rate

Dry

Tonnes /ha6.00


Material Applied:




Page 1 of 4



Workplace Electric Vehicle Charging Incentive Program (WEVCIP)

RECOMMENDATIONS 1. That County Council received Report No. PW 2018-10 titled “Workplace Electric

Vehicle Charging Incentive Program” for information; 2. And further, that Council authorize the Chief Administrative Officer and the Director

of Public Works to accept and execute all necessary documents for the Ministry of Transportation WEVCIP funding program for the six respective Electric Vehicle Service Equipment (EVSE) locations as outlined in Report PW 2018-10.

REPORT HIGHLIGHTS

In January, 2018, the ministry of Transportation (MTO) introduced the Workplace Electric Vehicle Charging Incentive Program (WEVCIP) to help accelerate the electrification of transportation by increasing the number of electric vehicle (EV) charging opportunities across the province. The WEVCIP complements work completed to date via the Electric Vehicle Chargers Ontario (EVCO) program.

The County submitted six (6) WEVCIP applications on January 23, 2018 and received Notice of Approval on February 15, 2018 for installation of 13 EV chargers across six sites located in Tillsonburg, Ingersoll and Woodstock.

In order to proceed with EV charger installations, Council approval is required to authorize staff to accept and execute all necessary documents for the WEVCIP funding program with MTO. WEVCIP is providing an incentive of up to $97,500 to partially cover the costs associated with the installation of the EV chargers.

The project is time sensitive and EV charger installations must be completed by August 14, 2018.

Implementation Points Upon Council approval and staff execution of all necessary documents for the WEVCIP funding program with the MTO, County staff will initiate procurement of the EV chargers and installation contractor as per the Purchasing Policy.



Page 2 of 4

Financial Impact Funding for the County’s share of the project is available within the approved 2018 Capital Plan – Green Initiatives Account. It is anticipated that the County’s share will be $30,000 after the WEVCIP incentive has been applied. The Treasurer has reviewed this report and agrees with the financial impact information.

Risks/Implications Each additional EV charging location carries with it a low associated risk of public liability and costs associated with electricity services. As the EV charging locations are all located on County owned properties, the infrastructure and sites are subject to prudent risk management policies and insurance coverage which are in place to adequately manage risk.


2. ii. A County that is Well Connected – Advocate for appropriate federal and provincial support, programming and financial initiatives to strengthen the movement of people and goods to, from and through the County

3. iii. A County that Thinks Ahead and Wisely Shapes the Future - Demonstrated commitment to

sustainability by:



DISCUSSION

Background On January 16, 2018, MTO introduced the WEVCIP to help accelerate the electrification of transportation by increasing the number of EV charging opportunities across the province as part of the Climate Change Action Plan. The WEVCIP allows building owners and managers the ability to provide level 2 EV charging stations for their employees or workplace tenant by providing 80 per cent of the initial costs, up to $7,500 per approved charging space. Additionally, locations were required to have a minimum number of full time employees and employee parking spaces depending on the number of charging stations that were requested. County staff submitted six WEVCIP applications on January 23, 2018 and received Notice of Approval from the MTO on February 15, 2018. The table below highlights the incentives to be



Page 3 of 4

received if the County proceeds with this project. Installation along with required documentation must be completed by August 14, 2018 in order to receive incentives.

Address City/Town Number of

Charging Stations Maximum Incentive

Amount

410 Buller St Woodstock 2 $15,000

300 Juliana Dr Woodstock 4 $30,000

325 Thames St S Ingersoll 2 $15,000

52 Venison St W Tillsonburg 2 $15,000

384060 Salford Rd Salford 1 $7,500

377 Mill St Woodstock 2 $15,000

Total 13 $97,500

Comments This project provides an excellent opportunity to further implement EV charging stations within Oxford County and complement work completed via the Electric Vehicle Chargers Ontario (EVCO) program. Pending the completion of this project, the majority of Oxford County employees will have access to EV chargers. This implementation will serve to further reduce “range anxiety” for commuting to and from work and provide further incentive to consider alternative fueled vehicles, such as, battery electric vehicles (BEV) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV). Per the program requirements, these chargers will only be available to Oxford County employees during business hours (08:00 to 17:00) at 410 Buller but will be accessible to the public after business hours. The other five sites (384060 Salford Rd, 300 Juliana Dr, 325 Thames St S, 52 Venison St W and 377 Mill Street) will only be available to Oxford County employees 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

Project Implementation Upon Council approval, staff will execute all necessary documents for the WEVCIP funding program with MTO for the respective EV charging locations. The timeline to complete this project is very tight and each location cannot afford a project delay. Critical path includes the lead time on obtaining EV chargers, applicable permits, contractor availability, ESA inspections, and final project documentation submission.



Page 4 of 4

Operations - Reporting The WEVCIP Program Guide requires that the station remain operational for a minimum of five (5) years. Within that timeframe, annual monitoring reports will have to be submitted to the MTO outlining the usage of each charger. These monitoring reports will carry a subscription fee of $1,950.

Operations – Site Maintenance and Electricity Costs Maintenance and electricity costs for the stations will be offset by the EV charging fee as determined in the Fees and Charges By-law and will be reviewed annually to ensure the County is recouping the operations costs, and meeting the incentive requirements to not generate revenue.

Conclusions The WEVCIP is an opportunity to access grant funding to establish EV charging infrastructure. Completing this project will complement the County’s 100% renewable energy plan. This project will provide employees and fleet with the necessary tools to further consider electric vehicles for future vehicle purchases.

SIGNATURES

Report Author: Original signed by: Jordan Mansfield, M.Eng., EMIT, CMVP-IT, EIT Coordinator of Energy Management & Fleet

Departmental Approval: Original signed by: David Simpson, P.Eng., PMP Director of Public Works


Original signed by:




Page 1 of 6



Trans Canada Trail Update and Proposed Trail Extension

RECOMMENDATIONS 1. That County Council receive Report No. PW 2018-11 titled “Trans Canada Trail

Update and Proposed Trail Extension” as information;

2. And further, that County Council authorize a transfer of $330,000 from General Reserves to fund unspent 2017 approved TCT budget carried over into 2018 for construction of the TCT extension and remaining works;

3. And further, that County Council approve an amendment to the trail route,

identified in Schedule A of the Trans Canada Trail Agreement between the County of Oxford and Town of Tillsonburg, to include an extension of the off road multi-use recreation trail, from west of Tillson Avenue to Quarter Town Line along the former Canada Southern Station (CASO) railway corridor within Tillsonburg, subject to a resolution from Town of Tillsonburg Council.

REPORT HIGHLIGHTS Oxford County and Town of Tillsonburg staff are proposing to construct an off road trail

along the former CASO railway corridor within Tillsonburg, from west of Tillson Avenue to Quarter Town Line. The trail would be an extension of the Trans Canada Trail (TCT) that was opened last year and would be funded under the original TCT project budget.

In addition to the trail extension, other remaining work items under the original TCT project that will be completed this year include modifications to the Otter Creek Bridge, signage, fencing, trail construction through the land Claimant’s property, and trail connection at the existing TCT in Tillsonburg (Fourth to North Trail).

In order to complete the TCT extension and remaining works which are within the original TCT budget limit, County Council authorization is required to transfer unspent 2017 capital funds from Reserves.

Implementation Points Following approval from County Council and Town of Tillsonburg Council, staff will proceed with construction of the off road trail along the former CASO railway corridor within Tillsonburg.



Page 2 of 6

A Public Information Centre (PIC) will be held prior to the start of construction. Part of this implementation proposal is contingent upon a land claim settlement which will be subject to County Council’s final authorization.

Financial Impact There is no financial impact beyond what has already been approved by County Council and Town of Tillsonburg Council. The original TCT budget was approved in 2015 in the amount of $870,000. The TCT was opened at the end of June 2017 with some remaining work to be completed. Unfortunately, not all of the planned work items were completed in 2017 and the remaining unspent funds were not carried forward in the 2018 capital budget. As shown below, the remaining TCT project costs and off road trail extension can be constructed within the original budget and meets project eligibility requirements under the TCT funding agreement. Project costs are summarized in the tables below:

Table 1: TCT Project Cost Summary

Budget 1 $870,000

Project Expenditures to Date $540,000

Remaining TCT Work 2018 (See Table 2 Below) $220,000

Proposed Off Road Trail Extension 2018 (see Table 3 Below) $110,000

Project Balance $ 0

1 Grant funding of $560,000 received for TCT construction;

Approved Municipal funding of $310,000 (15% Tillsonburg / 85% Oxford County) as per 2015 Business Plan and Budget.

Table 2: TCT Project Costs (Remaining Work)

Otter Creek Bridge Modifications $140,000

Signage $35,000

Trail Construction 2 $20,000

Connection at Existing TCT (Fourth to North Trail) $25,000

Total Cost Estimate of Remaining TCT Work $220,000

2 Contingent upon land claim settlement.



Page 3 of 6

Table 3: Proposed Off Road Trail Extension

Trail Construction, Brushing $55,000

Signage $5,000

Bridge Modifications at OSR $50,000

Total Cost Estimate of Proposed Trail Extension $110,000

In addition, TCT line fencing along the railway corridor is included as a separate County project in the 2018 capital plan. Operation and maintenance of the trail will be completed by the Town of Tillsonburg and cost shared with the County in accordance with the TCT agreement between the Town and the County. The County’s share of the costs for regular corridor management are funded from the Roads Operation budget and include repair and maintenance of bridge and culvert structures along the trail. The Treasurer has reviewed this report and agrees with the financial impact information.

Risks/Implications The proposed trail extension will maximize the use of grant funding included in the original TCT budget. If not approved by both County Council and Town of Tillsonburg Council, staff will need to consider other uses that meet project eligibility requirements or potentially return unused grant funding. This project has risks associated with any construction project. All purchases will be made in accordance with the County purchasing policy.



- Promoting community participation and life-long involvement in recreational and cultural activities

-

2. i. A County that is Well Connected – Improve travel options beyond the personal vehicle by:

- Creating, enhancing and promoting the use of an integrated trail and bike path system - Promoting active transportation



Page 4 of 6

DISCUSSION

Background As part of the Trans Canada multi-use trail network, County Council adopted the recommendations in Report PW 2015-53 at the September 23, 2015 Council meeting, authorizing staff to proceed with the construction of the TCT to connect the existing TCT in Tillsonburg to Norfolk County, and to enter into an agreement with the Town of Tillsonburg for construction and operation of this TCT trail link. The TCT project in Oxford County was made possible through grant funding and municipal financial contributions and was part of a broader initiative by the TCT organization to connect gaps in the national trail by 2017 in time for Canada 150 celebrations. The County and the Town of Tillsonburg agreed to share the municipal cost contribution for capital construction, as well as ongoing trail operation and maintenance costs. The TCT work plan was approved by County Council in Report PW 2016-34 and subsequently approved by Town of Tillsonburg Council. The scope of the project included on-road segments and an off-road trail east of Tillsonburg along the former CASO railway corridor. The Oxford County Trails Master Plan, adopted by County Council in 2012, identified abandoned railway corridors as priority links in the County’s future trail network and further supported the implementation of the TCT project. Concurrently with trail construction activities, staff worked on finalizing the conditions of sale of the former CASO railway corridor within Tillsonburg. County Council approved the property purchase in a closed session report at the August 12, 2015 Council meeting, subject to the results of an environmental site assessment. Following review and acceptance of the environmental site conditions, the purchase was finalized on September 30, 2016. The County’s acquisition of the former railway corridor within Tillsonburg permitted the extension of the off road trail and connection to the existing TCT in Tillsonburg, west of Tillson Avenue, eliminating the trail connection via an on road route along North Street and Oxford Road 20 to Zenda Line. The revised route was authorized by both County Council (Report PW 2016-64) and Town of Tillsonburg Council. Following approval of the revised trail route, the off road trail from the existing TCT in Tillsonburg to Zenda Line was completed. The trail was officially opened at the end of June 2017, except at two specific locations at which temporarily bypasses via on road routes have been established. Comments

Planned 2018 TCT Activities County and Town of Tillsonburg staff are proposing to extend the TCT for an off road trail along the former CASO railway corridor within Tillsonburg that was acquired by the County in

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/portals/15/Documents/News%20Room/4796_0_Sep_23_2015_Agenda_version01.pdf#page=286

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/portals/15/Documents/News%20Room/5586_0_Jun_22_2016_Agenda_version02.pdf#page=126

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/portals/15/Documents/News%20Room/5600_0_Nov_09_2016_Agenda_version01.pdf#page=97

http://www.oxfordcounty.ca/portals/15/Documents/News%20Room/5600_0_Nov_09_2016_Agenda_version01.pdf#page=97



Page 5 of 6

September of 2016. The County acquired the former CASO railway corridor within Tillsonburg for its viability as a utility corridor and its potential for trail development as identified in the Oxford County Trails Master Plan. The corridor was utilized in 2017 for part of the raw watermain routing, from Christie Street (Well 7) to the North Water Booster Station, and for the drainage outlet from the North Street storm sewer channel. It was also envisioned that the Town of Tillsonburg would ultimately utilize the corridor as part of their trail network.

The proposed trail extension and potential access points are shown on the map that is enclosed as Attachment 1. The proposed off road trail would extend from west of Tillson Ave, where the former CASO railway corridor crosses over the existing Ontario Southland Railway (OSR), to Quarter Town Line. The existing TCT route in Tillsonburg would also be revised to extend along Quarter Town Line to Veterans Walkway along Bridge Street.

Construction of the trail would involve some brushing and placement of a granular surface similar to the construction methods employed for the TCT work East of Tillson Avenue. The extent of brushing will be minimized in order to maintain a natural barrier between adjacent properties, where possible. The County has installed gates at the road access points, however, some additional enhancements (fencing) for access control may be required to reduce unauthorized use by motorized vehicles.

There is also a bridge structure, west of Tillson Avenue that crosses over the OSR and the Town’s existing TCT trail (Fourth to North Trail), that will require some deck improvements and new railings for pedestrian safety. Through collaborative planning, a trail connection will also be completed at this location by the Town of Tillsonburg which was part of the original TCT work plan. The Town of Tillsonburg has also secured additional grant funding to make this an accessible connection.

Remaining work under the original TCT project that will be completed this year includes:

Construction of the pedestrian access across the Otter Creek Bridge, east ofMiddletown Line. The design work has been completed and a tender will be releasedfor construction of required bridge modifications.

Installation of signage along the trail and at road crossings, including route markers,warning/advisory signs and trail head signage.

400 m of Trail construction (subject to land acquisition).

Trail connection at the existing Tillsonburg TCT (Fourth to North Trail).

Line fencing along the TCT will also be completed as part of the 2018 capital budget. This work is not an eligible expense under the TCT funding agreement but is a County obligation under the Line Fences Act, where requested by eligible adjacent land owners.

Prior to the commencement of trail construction within Tillsonburg, a Public Information Centre (PIC) will be held to advise residents of planned work activities and to address any concerns from adjacent property owners and the public-at-large.

Staff will be reporting back to Council regarding land claim settlement undertakings near the Otter Creek Bridge trail portion.



Page 6 of 6

Conclusion

The Trans Canada Trail link in Oxford County has provided a vital connection in the national trail network that extends from coast to coast in Canada, as well as advancing the development of a County wide trail network that will promote tourism, recreation, and low carbon transportation.

The proposed off road trail extension and associated betterments will provide further connectivity to the local trail network, as well as to the TCT east of Tillsonburg and will utilize available funds in the TCT project budget. Development of an off road trail along the former railway corridor within Tillsonburg will utilize the property while still maintaining its potential for use as a utility corridor and will serve as a mechanism for property maintenance.

SIGNATURES

Report Author:

Original signed by:

Frank Gross, C. Tech Manager of Transportation and Waste Management Services

Departmental Approval:

Original signed by:

David Simpson, P.Eng., PMP Director of Public Works

Approved for Submission:

Original signed by:


ATTACHMENT

Attachment 1: Trail Extension and Access Points – Map

!

!

!

!

!

!

!

!

DEREHAM WETLANDSCONSERVATION AREA

OTTERCREEK

GOLF CLUB

OTTERVILLEPARK

N O R F O L KC O U N T Y

M U N I C I PA L I T YO F B AY H A M

T O W N S H I P O FS O U T H - W E S T

O X F O R D

T O W N O FT I L L S O N B U R G

T O W N S H I PO F N O R W I C H

BROADWAY

QUAR

TER T

OWN

LINE

CONCESSION ST W

BALDWIN STGOSHEN ST

OXFORD ST

VIENNA RD

CRANBERRY RD

BELL MILL SIDERDVIENNA RD

QUARTER LINE

NEWELL RD

MAIN ST W

CORNELL RD

POTTERS RD

MAIN ST E

JOHN POUND RD

BASE

LINE

SWIMMING POOL RD

PROUSE RD

OTTERVILLE RD

WENDY'S RD

OSTRANDER RD

BROWNSVILLE RD

OXFO

RD 13

1ST CONC STR ROAD

REGIONAL ROAD 30

1ST CONC NTR ROAD

HIGHWAY 59

SCHAFER SIDEROAD

JACKSONSIDEROADGOSHEN ROAD

BELL MILLROAD

TALBOT STREET

REGIO

NAL R

OAD 1

9

2ND CO

NC NTR

ROAD

BURWELL

ROAD

COUNTY ROAD 16

ELLIO

TT RO

AD

COUNTY ROAD 13

NORWICHROAD

HAWTREY ROAD

COUNTY ROAD 37

CARSON LINE

BAYHAM DRIVE

HAWTREY

CORNELL

MILLDALE

DEREHAMCENTRE

OSTRANDER

DELMER

DELHI

COURTLAND

SPRINGFORD

¯

0 1 2 3 40.5Kilometers

2k'3

Otter Creek Bridge

Trail Construction at Land Claim

BROADWAY

QUARTER LINE

CONCESSION ST W CONCESSION ST E

QUAR

TER T

OWN

LINE

CRAN

BERR

Y RD

NORTH ST ENORTH ST W

TILLS

ON AV

E

Bridge at OntarioSouthland Railway

Proposed TransCanada TrailExtension

Trail Connectionto Fouth to North Trail

Potential Access Point

Potential Access Point

rr

rr

rr Bridge Crossing

Proposed Trans Canada Trail ExtensionThe Great TrailRevised Trans Canada Trail RouteProvincial Highway / FreewayCounty RoadMunicipal RoadCounty of OxfordElgin CountyNorfolk County

PRESSEY ROAD

2k'3

Attachment 1 to PW 2018-11 March 28, 2018

PENDING ITEMS

Council Lead

Meeting Date Issue Pending Action Dept. Time Frame

24-May-17 Resolution No. 8 - Princeton Wastewater Servicing Solution Report PW Q-1 2018

24-May-17 5935-2017 - Natural Resource Gas Limited Franchise Agreement 3rd Reading PW Subject to

OEB Order

22-Nov-17 Resolution No. 3 - Obtain legal opinion regarding OPAL Alliance's Report CAO Completed

proposed motion for municipalities to call on Province for right to CAO 2018-05

approve landfill developments CAO (CS) 2018-06

03/14/18

10-Jan-18 Resolution No. 8 - Blandford-Blenheim resolution requesting the County Report CP Q-1 2018

initiate a lands needs assessment including the need for future

residential growth - referred to Community Planning.

24-Jan-18 Resolution No. 13 - CAO 2018-02 - Notice of Intent to Consider Report CAO/Clerk Completed

Procedure By-law Amendments - Bill 68 Updates CAO 2018-04

03/14/18

14-Mar-18 PW 2018-05 - Advancing Zero Waste - A Waste Recovery and Final Report PW June 2018

Reduction Technology Assessment Update

COUNTY OF OXFORD

BY-LAW NO. 6006-2018

BEING a By-law to adopt Amendment Number 217 to the County of Oxford Official Plan.

WHEREAS, Amendment Number 217 to the County of Oxford Official Plan has been recommended by resolution of the Council of the Township of Norwich and the County of Oxford has held a public hearing and has recommended the Amendment for adoption.

NOW THEREFORE, the County of Oxford pursuant to the provisions of the Planning Act, R.S.O. 1990, as amended, enacts as follows:

1. That Amendment Number 217 to the County of Oxford Official Plan, being the attachedtext is hereby adopted.

2. This By-law shall come into force and take effect on the day of the final passing thereof.

READ a first and second time this 28th day of March, 2018.

READ a third time and finally passed this 28th day of March, 2018.



COUNTY OF OXFORD

BY-LAW NO. 6007-2018 BEING a By-law to amend By-law No. 5852-2016, a By-law establishing County Council Procedures for governing the proceedings of the Council, the conduct of its members and the calling of meetings of the County Council of the County of Oxford. WHEREAS, Section 238 of the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, C. 25, provides that every municipality and local board shall pass a procedure by-law for governing the calling, place and proceedings of meetings. AND WHEREAS, County Council is desirous of amending Procedure By-law No. 5852-2016 and on March 14, 2018 adopted CAO/Clerk Report No. CAO 2018-04 which outlined proposed amendments. NOW THEREFORE, the Council of the County of Oxford enacts as follows: 1. That Schedule “A”, forming part of By-law No. 5852-2016, be amended by implementing

the proposed amendments as outlined in CAO/Clerk Report No. CAO 2018-04 adopted by County Council on March 14, 2018.

2. That Amended Schedule “A” is attached hereto and forms part of this By-law. READ a first and second time this 28th day of March, 2018. READ a third time and finally passed this 28th day of March, 2018. DAVID MAYBERRY, WARDEN


By-law No. 5852-2016 Schedule “A”

As Amended by By-law No. 6007-2018

RULES OF ORDER AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING OXFORD COUNTY COUNCIL AND ITS COMMITTEES, THE CALLING OF MEETINGS

AND THE CONDUCT OF ITS MEMBERS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................................................... 1

2. GENERAL PROVISIONS ......................................................................................................... 3

3. COUNCIL MEETINGS ............................................................................................................. 4

3.1 PLACE ................................................................................................................................... 4 3.2 INAUGURAL MEETING ............................................................................................................. 4 3.3 REGULAR COUNCIL MEETINGS ................................................................................................ 4 3.4 SPECIAL COUNCIL MEETINGS .................................................................................................. 4 3.5 ABSENCE OF WARDEN AND/OR DEPUTY WARDEN .................................................................... 5 3.6 ABSENCE OF COUNCIL MEMBER OTHER THAN THE WARDEN OR DEPUTY WARDEN .................... 5 3.7 NO QUORUM PRESENT ........................................................................................................... 7 3.8 PECUNIARY INTEREST ............................................................................................................ 7 3.9 MEETING CANCELLATION ........................................................................................................ 7

4. WARDEN ................................................................................................................................. 7

4.1 ELECTION .............................................................................................................................. 7 4.2 DUTIES .................................................................................................................................. 8

5. DEPUTY WARDEN ................................................................................................................ 10

6. ORDER OF BUSINESS ......................................................................................................... 10

7. RULES OF CONDUCT OF MEMBERS ................................................................................. 11

8. RULES OF DEBATE IN COUNCIL ........................................................................................ 12

9. MOTIONS AND AMENDMENTS ........................................................................................... 13

9.1 NOTICE(S) OF MOTION .......................................................................................................... 13 9.2 MOTION TO BE SECONDED ................................................................................................... 14 9.3 STATING THE QUESTION ....................................................................................................... 14 9.4 MOTION ULTRA VIRES .......................................................................................................... 14 9.5 QUESTION ON THE FLOOR..................................................................................................... 14 9.6 PREVIOUS QUESTION ........................................................................................................... 15 9.7 AMENDMENTS ...................................................................................................................... 15 9.8 PRIVILEGED MOTION ............................................................................................................ 15 9.9 DIVISION OF A QUESTION ...................................................................................................... 15 9.10 MOTION TO ADJOURN ........................................................................................................... 16 9.11 RECONSIDERATION .............................................................................................................. 16

10. VOTING ON MOTIONS.......................................................................................................... 16

11. BY-LAWS, DELEGATIONS AND MINUTES ......................................................................... 17

11.1 BY-LAWS ......................................................................................................................... 17

11.2 DELEGATIONS AND PRESENTATIONS .................................................................................. 17 11.3 MINUTES .......................................................................................................................... 17

12. CLOSED SESSIONS ............................................................................................................. 18

13. COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE .............................................................................................. 19

14. COMPOSITION AND DUTIES OF COMMITTEES OF COUNCIL .......................................... 20

15. WORKSHOPS AND INFORMATION SESSIONS…………………………………………………21

16. REPEAL OR AMENDMENT OF THIS BY-LAW .................................................................... 22

17. MISCELLANEOUS ................................................................................................................ 22

1

1. DEFINITIONS 1.1 “Act” means the Municipal Act, 2001 S.O. 2001, Chapter 25, as amended from time to

time.

1.2 “Ad Hoc Committee” means a committee, sub-committee or similar entity of which at least 50 per cent of the members are also members of Council, appointed by Council to review and report on a specific issue. Once the final report is delivered and a resolution of the Council is adopted concerning the specific issue, the Ad Hoc Committee is automatically dissolved.

1.3 “Board of Health” – The former “Oxford County Board of Health” was dissolved on January 1, 2003 by Section 472(1) of the Municipal Act, 2001, but simultaneously Section 1(1) of the Health Protection and Promotion Act established the “County of Oxford” as the governing body for the local board of health.

1.4 “Business day” means the days of the week in which the Council or Committee shall conduct its business transactions and hold its meetings, excluding Saturday and Sunday or statutory holidays.

1.5 “Chair” means the position of the person appointed to preside, or presiding at, a meeting, whether that person is the regular presiding officer or not.

1.6 “Clerk” means the person duly appointed, by By-law pursuant to Section 228 of the Act, as the Clerk of the County.

1.7 “Closed Session” means a meeting of the Council or Committee that is not open to the public, pursuant to Section 239 of the Act.

1.8 “Committee” means any advisory or other committee created by Council, of which at least one member is also a member of Council, which is established under any Act with respect to the affairs or purposes of one or more municipalities.

1.9 “Committee of the Whole” means all members present sitting in Council. The purpose of this committee is to enable the Council to give detailed consideration to a matter under conditions of freedom approximating that of a committee. When sitting as Committee of the Whole, the results of votes taken are not final decisions of the Council, but have the status of recommendations which the Council is given the opportunity to consider further and which it votes on finally under its regular rules.

1.10 “Confidential matter” means those items of business discussed in Closed Session.

1.11 “Council” means the elected members of the County when they sit in deliberative assembly.

1.12 “County” means the County of Oxford. 1.13 “Deputy Warden” means the member of Council appointed, by By-law or resolution,

pursuant to Section 242 of the Act, to act in the place of the head of Council (Warden) when the head of Council is absent or refuses to act or, when the office of the head of

2

Council is vacant, and while so acting such member has all the powers and duties of the head of Council.

1.14 “Enclosure” means the part of the Council Chamber that is physically separate from the public gallery that accommodates Council members, staff and media seating.

1.15 “Ex-officio Committee Member” means a member has the right, but not the obligation, to participate in the proceedings of the committee, and is not counted in determining the number required for a quorum or whether a quorum is present at a meeting. Cannot attend a committee meeting if by attending a quorum of Council is created.

1.16 “Meeting” means an event wherein business is transacted for any regular or special purpose by the Council or local board, or a committee or sub-committee of either of them, as the case may be, where, (a) a quorum of members is present, and (b) members discuss or otherwise deal with any matter in a way that materially

advances the business or decision-making of the Council, local board or committee.

1.17 “Member” means a candidate duly elected to hold office with the County of Oxford, pursuant to the Municipal Elections Act, 1996, S.O. Chap. 32, as amended; or, a person appointed by the Council to a Committee.

1.18 “Motion for Division of the Assembly” means a motion made after the Chair has stated the Question, requiring a vote, either about to be taken on a Question, or any other motion under consideration, or a vote previously taken and the results announced by the Chair, to be taken again by rising of each member present, and does not include a vote by show of hands.

1.19 “Personal Privilege” means a motion to Raise a Question of Privilege, of an urgent nature, that affects a right or privilege of the Council, Committee or of an individual member.

1.20 “Point of order” means a statement made by a member during a meeting, drawing to the attention of the Chair a breach of the rules of procedure.

1.21 “Privileged Motion” means a motion that does not relate to pending business, but that does relate to special matters of immediate and overriding importance which, without debate, should be allowed to interrupt the consideration of anything else. A Privileged Motion involves one of the five following motions, listed in ascending order of precedence: Call for the Orders of the Day, Raise a Question of Privilege, Recess, Adjourn, and Fix the Time to Which to Adjourn.

1.22 “Quasi-Judicial Board” means a local board or committee that has been delegated Council’s decision-making powers; for example, the Land Division Committee.

1.23 “Question” means a motion that has been appropriately placed before the Council or Committee. Only once duly recognized by the Chair and “on the floor” can a motion be debated and put to a question of the members for proper resolution (Question On the Floor).

3

1.24 “Quorum” means, in the case of Council, a majority of members (6) representing at least one-half of the lower-tier municipalities (4), pursuant to Section 237 of the Act. In the case of a Committee of Council, a majority of the whole number of members of the Committee, including the Chair.

1.25 “Rules of Procedure” means the rules and regulations provided in this By-law and, where necessary, Robert’s Rules of Order (Newly Revised).

1.26 “Recorded vote” means a vote taken on a matter of business, whereupon the Clerk duly notes the name of each member present and their vote in the minutes, as provided for in Section 246 of the Act. Section 246(2) specifically notes that a failure to vote by a member who is present at the meeting at the time of the vote and who is qualified to vote shall be deemed to be a negative vote.

1.27 “Secretary” means the person responsible for recording the Minutes of Council or committee meetings, the preparation of the agenda and the preparation of any resulting correspondence, as delegated by the Clerk.

1.28 “Steering Committee” means any advisory body, roundtable or other body Council establishes to advise on specific areas of interest, with members of the public and staff making up more than 50 per cent of the membership and Council members or other elected officials making up the rest.

1.29 “Substantive Motion” means any original main motion that introduces a substantive question as a new subject for the consideration of the Council, except one of the following:

1. to refer; 2. to amend; 3. to lay on the table; 4. to postpone indefinitely or to another day certain; or, 5. to adjourn.

1.30 “Warden” means the head of Council and the Chief Executive Officer of the County of

Oxford, pursuant to Section 225 of the Act. 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2.1 The short title of this By-law is the “Procedure By-law.” 2.2 The rules and regulations contained in this By-law shall be observed in all proceedings

of the Council and Committees appointed by Council. The rules and regulations contained herein that are discretionary and not mandatory under Statute may be temporarily suspended by a majority vote of the Council or Committee members present.

2.3 In respect to questions or concerns regarding these rules and regulations, the decision

of the Chair presiding shall be final, subject to only an appeal to the Council, pursuant to Section 4.2.3. In the case of a conflict concerning the application of these rules, “Robert’s Rules of Order (Newly Revised)” may be consulted as an interpretative aid.

4

2.4 All meetings of the Council of the County of Oxford and all meetings of the Committees of Council shall be open for attendance by the public, except in the case of a Closed Session, as noted in Section 12.1.

3. COUNCIL MEETINGS 3.1 PLACE

The meetings of the Council of the County of Oxford shall be held at the Council Chamber adopted and used by the Council from time to time for such purpose, pursuant to Section 236 of the Act, with allowance that Closed Session may be held in an adjacent room to the Council Chamber. In the case of an emergency, Council may hold its meetings and keep its public offices at any convenient location within or outside the municipality.

3.2 INAUGURAL MEETING The Inaugural Meeting of the municipal Council of the County of Oxford after a regular

election held pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 of the Municipal Elections Act, S.O. 1996, Chap. 32, shall be held on the Tuesday immediately preceding the second Wednesday of December at 7:30 o’clock in the evening. This Inaugural Meeting will be only for the purposes of Filing of Certificates, presenting Declarations of Office and Oaths of Allegiance, and electing the Warden and Deputy Warden pursuant to the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 5.1.

3.3 REGULAR COUNCIL MEETINGS 3.3.1 After the Inaugural Meeting, the Council shall meet in regular session on the second

Wednesday of every month, commencing at 9:30 o’clock in the morning, and on the fourth Wednesday of every month, commencing at 7:00 o’clock in the evening, unless otherwise provided for by resolution of the Council.

3.3.2 Notwithstanding Section 3.3.1, the Council shall not meet in regular session on the

fourth Wednesday for each of the months of July, August and December, unless otherwise provided for by resolution of the Council.

3.3.3 The Clerk shall cause the public notice of regular meetings to be published on the

County’s Website at the beginning of each calendar year, allowing two weeks prior to the first regular meeting.

3.3.4 If such Council meeting day is a public or civic holiday, the Council shall meet at the

same hour the next following business day which is not a public or civic holiday unless otherwise provided for by resolution of Council.

3.3.5 As soon after the time appointed for a meeting of the Council as a quorum is present,

the Warden shall assume the Chair and call the meeting to order. 3.4 SPECIAL COUNCIL MEETINGS 3.4.1 In addition to regular meetings, special meetings of the Council shall be held upon

resolution of the Council, or written direction signed by the Warden or Deputy Warden in

5

the absence of the Warden, whichever the case may be, delivered to the Clerk. The purpose of the special meeting can be to inquire or report on any matter considered of interest to the Council. The resolution or written direction will state the date, time and purpose of such meeting.

3.4.2 The Warden may, at any time, summon a special meeting of the Council on forty-eight

(48) hours’ notice to the members. The Warden shall summon a special meeting of the Council when requested to do so in writing by a majority of the members. In the absence of the Warden, a special meeting may be called by the Clerk on a written requisition from the majority of the members of Council.

3.4.3 Notice of special meetings shall be given to all members of the Council in writing and

such notice shall be delivered to each member electronically, personally, or delivered to their home or place of business at least forty-eight (48) hours before the hour set for such meeting. The notice shall state the business to be considered at such special meeting.

3.4.4 No business other than that stated in the notice shall be considered at such special

meeting, except with the unanimous vote of the members present. 3.4.5 If a matter arises which, in the opinion of the Chief Administrative Officer in consultation

with the Warden, is considered to be of an urgent or time sensitive nature, or which could affect the health or well-being of the residents of the County, or if a state of emergency is declared, or if so advised by a Provincial Ministry, the notice requirements of this by-law may be waived and the Clerk shall make his/her best efforts to provide as much notice as is reasonable under the circumstances.

3.5 ABSENCE OF WARDEN AND/OR DEPUTY WARDEN 3.5.1 In case the Warden does not attend within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed

for a meeting of Council, the Deputy Warden shall call the meeting to order and preside as Chair.

3.5.2 In case the Deputy Warden is unable to attend the meeting, the members will, by

resolution duly moved and seconded, appoint a Chair. While so presiding, the Chair shall have all the powers of the head of Council.

3.5.3 Should the Warden or Deputy Warden, as the case may be, arrive after the meeting has

been called to order, the presiding officer shall relinquish the position of the Chair to the Warden, or Deputy Warden as the case may be, immediately after the current item of business on the Council Orders of the Day is considered or otherwise disposed.

3.6 ABSENCE OF A COUNCIL MEMBER OTHER THAN THE WARDEN OR DEPUTY WARDEN 3.6.1 If a person who is a member of the council of an area municipality and a member of

County Council is unable to act as a member of those councils for a period exceeding one month, the council of the respective area municipality may appoint one of its members as an alternate member of County Council to act in place of the member until the member is able to resume acting as a member of those councils. This subsection does not authorize the appointment of an alternate head of Council of the County.

6

3.6.2 If the offices of a person who is a member of council of both an area municipality and the County becomes vacant and the vacancies will not be filled for a period exceeding one month, the council of the respective area municipality may appoint one of its members

as an alternate member of County Council until the vacancies are filled permanently. This subsection does not authorize the appointment of an alternate head of Council of the County.

3.6.3 The council of an area municipality may appoint one of its members as an alternate

member of County Council to act in place of a person who is a member of the councils of the area municipality and the County when the person is unable to attend a meeting of County Council for any reason. This subsection does not allow for more than one alternate member during the term of council unless the seat of the member who has been appointed as an alternate member becomes vacant then another of its members may be appointed; the appointment of an alternate member to act in place of an alternate member appointed under subsection 3.6.1 or 3.6.2; or the appointment of an alternate head of Council of the County.

3.6.4 When an alternate member is appointed under subsection 3.6.1 or 3.6.2 or 3.6.3 the

following rules will apply:

1. The area municipality will advise County Council of any appointment in writing

providing a certified appointment resolution.

2. An alternate member shall take the Oath of Office, administered by the Clerk, prior to

taking their seat on County Council.

3. An alternate member shall not represent a County Councillor at an Inaugural

meeting, or any County board or agency.

4. An alternate member may, in the absence of the County Councillor, participate at

meetings of County Council, its committees and information sessions.

5. Upon notice under subsections 3.6.1 and 3.6.2, the County Councillor’s

compensation and expense reimbursement eligibility will cease and will be provided

to the alternate member in the same manner.

6. An alternate member, appointed at the discretion of an area municipality under

subsection 3.6.3, shall not receive compensation and expense reimbursement by the

County for any meetings of County Council they are required to attend in the

absence of the County Councillor.

7. An alternate member, appointed under subsection 3.6.3, shall not be eligible to be

reimbursed for attendance at conventions, seminars, or training.

8. An alternate member, appointed under subsections 3.6.1, 3.6.2, and 3.6.3, while

acting in their capacity, shall be governed by all applicable policies of the County

such as but not limited to the Council Code of Conduct.

9. An alternate member, appointed under subsections 3.6.1 and 3.6.2, shall have

access to applicable support resources such as but not limited to the County’s

Integrity Commissioner.

10. A County Councillor requesting an alternate member, under subsection 3.6.3, to act

in their place at a meeting will advise the County Clerk’s office by email forty-eight

hours in advance of the meeting to enable the alternate member access to Closed

Session items.

7

3.6.5 No member will participate in a County Council meeting electronically. 3.7 NO QUORUM PRESENT Within one-half (1/2) hour after the time appointed for the meeting of the Council, if a

quorum is not present, the Clerk shall record the names of the members of Council present and the meeting shall be deemed adjourned until the next regular meeting day, subject to the provisions of Section 3.3.2.

3.8 PECUNIARY INTEREST

As required by any Statute of the Province, at the commencement of a meeting, or prior to considering a Motion under New Business, or at the first meeting attended thereafter, if a member is absent from the meeting, a member shall disclose any direct or indirect pecuniary interest and state the general nature of such interest and it shall be recorded by the Clerk in the minutes. In the case of items to be discussed in a Closed Session, the member shall leave the meeting and shall take no action to participate in, or influence, the vote of the other members when said item is to be resolved by Council.

3.9 MEETING CANCELLATION 3.9.1 When it is deemed to be advisable, the Warden is authorized to change the date and/or

time of, or cancel, the next regular Council meeting subject to agreement of the majority of the members of Council, having been polled by the Clerk.

3.9.2 In the case of a local board or committee, the Chair is authorized to change the date

and/or time of, or cancel, the next regular meeting subject to agreement of the majority of the members of the local board or committee, having been polled by the Secretary.

4. WARDEN 4.1 ELECTION

Section 233 of the Act requires the Council to appoint the head of Council (“Warden”) at its first meeting. No other business of Council shall be conducted until the head of Council is confirmed. For the appointment of the Warden, the following regulations and procedures shall be followed:

4.1.1 The Warden shall be elected by open vote during the Inaugural Meeting of Council. 4.1.2 Each member of Council shall have one vote and shall not abstain from voting. 4.1.3 The Clerk will preside over the election. 4.1.4 In advance of accepting any nominations, the Clerk shall announce the name of a

person in attendance at the Inaugural Meeting, but not a member of Council, who will draw ballots to decide on any equality of votes. The person may be a local judge.

4.1.5 Each nomination motion shall be in writing, and duly seconded.

8

4.1.6 Where more than one nominee stands for election, a vote shall be taken. 4.1.7 To be elected as Warden, a nominee shall obtain a vote of the majority of the members

present. 4.1.8 In conducting the vote, the Clerk shall call the names of the members alphabetically and

each member shall, after their name is called, verbally indicate the name of the nominee they are supporting.

4.1.9 If there are more than two nominees who agree to stand and, if upon the first vote, no

nominee receives the majority required for election, the name of the nominee receiving the least number of votes shall be dropped from the ballot. The Council shall proceed to vote anew and so continue until either:

1. a nominee receives the majority required for election at which time such nominee

shall be declared elected; or

2. if it becomes apparent by reason of an equality for the least number of votes that one nominee cannot be dropped, then the Clerk shall place the names of the candidates with the least votes on equal size pieces of paper in a box and one name shall be drawn by the person chosen in accordance with Section 4.1.4 and the name of that nominee shall be dropped from the ballot.

3. and further, once the nominee to be dropped has been decided, all the remaining

nominees, including the leading candidate(s), will be placed on the next ballot. 4.1.10 In the case of an equality of votes for Warden where only two nominees remain, the

successful nominee shall be determined by the Clerk who will place the names of the nominees on equal size pieces of paper in a box and one name shall be drawn by the person chosen in accordance with Section 4.1.4 and that nominee shall be the successful candidate.

4.1.11 When a nominee has received a majority vote of Council, there shall be no further

ballots. 4.1.12 The successful nominee, upon being named Warden by the Clerk, shall take an oath of

office prior to taking any further action in this capacity as head of Council and Chief Executive Officer. This oath is to be administered by a Judge or the Clerk.

4.2 DUTIES 4.2.1 It shall be the duty of the Warden or other duly appointed presiding officer:

1. to act as Chief Executive Officer of the Municipality; 2. to preside as Chair over Council meetings so that its business can be carried out

efficiently and effectively; 3. to provide leadership to the Council; 4. to provide information and recommendations to the members of Council with respect

to Council’s role to ensure that administrative policies, practices and procedures and controllership policies, practices and procedures are in place to implement the decisions of Council;

9

5. to provide information and recommendations to the members of Council with respect to Council’s role to ensure the accountability and transparency of the operations of the municipality, including the activities of the senior management of the municipality;

6. to represent the municipality at all official functions; 7. to carry out the duties of the head of Council under the Act or any other Statute of

the Province; 8. to open the meeting of Council by taking the Chair and calling the members to order; 9. to announce the business before the Council in the order in which it is to be acted

upon; 10. to receive, in the proper manner, all motions presented by the members of Council

and to submit these motions as questions for proper debate; 11. to put to a vote all questions which are duly moved and seconded, or necessarily

arise in the course of proceedings and to announce the results; 12. to decline to put to a vote motions which infringe upon the Rules of Procedure; 13. to restrain the members, within the Rules of Procedures, when engaged in debate; 14. to enforce on all occasions the observance of order and decorum among the

members; 15. to call by name any member persisting in breach of the Rules of Procedure, thereby

ordering the member to vacate the meeting place; 16. to receive all messages and other communications and announce them; 17. to authenticate by his or her signature, when necessary, all By-laws and Minutes of

the Council; 18. to inform the members of the Council, when necessary or when referred to for the

purpose, on any point of order; 19. to represent and support the Council, declaring its will and implicitly obeying its

decisions in all matters; 20. to ensure that the decisions of the Council are in conformity with the laws and By-

laws governing the activities of the Council; 21. may be ex-officio a member of all committees of the Council; 22. to perform all other duties as defined by Council; 23. to adjourn the meeting without question in the case of grave disorder arising during

the meeting, or suspend the sitting of Council, until a time to be named by the Warden; and,

24. to adjourn the meeting when the business of Council is concluded.

4.2.2 The Warden may, without leaving the Chair, speak to any question under consideration and prior to the question being disposed of by Council.

4.2.3 When the Warden is called upon to decide a point of order or procedure, the Warden

shall state the rule or authority applicable to the case, and make a ruling, if necessary in consultation with the Clerk; and, if an objection is made to the ruling by at least two members, the Warden shall submit said ruling to a vote of Council, without debate, in the following words:

“SHALL THE RULING OF THE CHAIR BE SUSTAINED?”, and the decision of the Council shall be final.

10

4.2.4 When two or more members concurrently request to speak on an issue, the Warden shall name the member who is first to be heard and the other member(s) shall have the privilege of speaking thereafter in the order named by the Warden.

4.2.5 The Warden, except when disqualified to vote by reason of pecuniary interest or any

other Statute of the Province, may vote on consideration of a motion for Division of the Assembly, and may vote with the other members on all questions.

4.2.6 When the Warden sees fit to exercise the right to vote on any question before the

Council, the Warden may explain the vote. 4.2.7 As Chief Executive Officer of the County, the Warden shall:

1. uphold and promote the purposes of the municipality; 2. promote public involvement in the municipality’s activities; 3. act as the representative of the municipality both within and outside the municipality,

and promote the municipality locally, nationally and internationally; and 4. participate in and foster activities that enhance the economic, social and

environmental well-being of the municipality and its residents. 5. DEPUTY WARDEN 5.1 Prior to the appointment of a Deputy Warden, the term of office for Deputy Warden will

be decided by open vote during the Inaugural Meeting or a regular Meeting of Council. If the term is decided to be less than the full term of the present Council, nomination dates will be decided by open vote during the Inaugural Meeting of Council.

5.2 The appointment of a Deputy Warden will be in accordance with Section 4.1, with the

necessary substitutions. 5.3 The Warden cannot be nominated or stand for appointment to the position of Deputy

Warden. 5.4 The duties of the Deputy Warden are the same as noted in Section 4.2, but can only be

exercised when the Warden is absent or refuses to act or his/her office is vacant, pursuant to the Act or any other Statute of the Province.

5.5 The duties of the Deputy Warden may include other duties as defined by Council. 6. ORDER OF BUSINESS The order of business for the regular meetings of Council shall be as follows:

1. Call to Order 2. Approval of Agenda 3. Disclosures of Pecuniary Interest and the General Nature Thereof 4. Adoption of Council Minutes of Previous Meeting 5. Public Meetings 6. Delegations and Presentations 7. Consideration of Delegations and Presentations 8. Consideration of Correspondence

11

9. Reports from Departments 10. Unfinished Business 11. Motions 12. Notice of Motions 13. New Business / Enquiries / Comments 14. Closed Session (agenda shall state the general nature of matters to be dealt with in

closed session) 15. Consideration of Matters Arising from the Closed Session 16. By-laws (including Confirming By-law) 17. Adjournment

7. RULES OF CONDUCT OF MEMBERS 7.1 A member shall not:

1. speak disrespectfully of the Reigning Sovereign, of any member of the Royal Family, of the Governor-General of Canada, of the Lieutenant-Governor of any Province, of any member of the Senate, of any member of the House of Commons of Canada, or any member of the Legislative Assembly of the Province of Ontario.

2. speak on any subject other than the subject under debate; 3. criticize any decision of the Council or Committee, except for the purpose of moving

in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.11 that the question be reconsidered; 4. disturb the Council or Committee by any disorderly deportment or conduct; 5. use profane or offensive words or insulting expressions; 6. disobey the rules of the Council or Committee or a decision of the Chair or the

Council or Committee on points of order or on the interpretation of the Rules of Procedure;

7. leave their seat or make any noise or disturbance while a vote is being taken or until the result is declared.

7.2 A member shall:

1. obtain the permission of the Chair to speak, prior to speaking to a question or motion;

2. have the right to speak first in debate, if he or she is the author of the Question on the Floor or other motion under consideration;

3. when intending to introduce a motion, do so immediately, but may preface the motion with a few words of explanation, of which such words must not become a speech;

4. when intending to amend a prepared resolution, shall, prior to introducing the motion, preface the motion by explaining how the prepared motion has been altered, in a manner that does not become a speech;

5. when more than one member addresses the Chair at the same time, allow the Chair to name the member entitled to speak first, but may make a motion to change the priority of the speakers;

6. when they are called to order by the Chair, immediately cease speaking unless allowed to explain;

7. obey the ruling of the Chair, subject to appeal to the Council or Committee in accordance with Section 4.2.3.

12

7.3 If the Chair desires to leave the position of the presiding officer before adjournment and fails to call some member to the position of the presiding officer, the Council or Committee may appoint a member to preside over the meeting until the business of the meeting is finished.

7.4 No person other than Council members, representatives or employees of the County

and representatives of the news media shall be allowed to come within the Council enclosure or to speak from the gallery during the meetings of Council without permission of the Chair.

8. RULES OF DEBATE IN COUNCIL 8.1 Every member, prior to speaking to any question or motion, shall rise from his or her

seat and address the Chair. 8.2 Every member present at a meeting of the Council when a question is put to vote

(Putting the Question), shall vote thereon unless prohibited by any Statute of the Province, in which case the Clerk shall so record in the minutes.

8.3 If any member present at a meeting of the Council when a question is put to a vote and

a recorded vote is taken, does not vote, he or she shall be deemed as voting in the negative except where he or she is prohibited from voting by any Statute of the Province, pursuant to Sec. 246(2) of the Act.

8.4 If a member disagrees with the announcement of the Chair that a question is carried or

lost the member may, but only immediately after the declaration of the result by the Chair, object to the Chair’s declaration and request a recorded vote to be taken or make a motion for Division of the Assembly.

8.5 When a recorded vote is requested, either before or after the vote but before proceeding

with the next item of business, the Clerk shall call the names of each member in alphabetical order starting with the name of the member so requesting, and the Clerk shall record the name and vote of every member on any matter or question.

8.6 When the Chair calls for the vote on a question, each member shall occupy his or her

seat and shall remain in his or her place until the result of the vote has been declared by the Chair, and during such time no member shall speak to any other member or make any noise or disturbance.

8.7 When a member is speaking no other member shall pass between the speaker and the

Chair, or interrupt the speaker except to raise a point of order. 8.8 Any member may require the Question on the Floor or motion under discussion to be

read at any time during the debate but not so as to interrupt a member while speaking. 8.9 No member shall speak more than once to the same question without leave of the

Council, except that a reply shall be allowed to be made only by a member who has presented the motion to the Council, but not by any member who has moved an amendment or a procedural motion.

13

8.10 No member shall speak to the same question, or in reply, for longer than four (4) minutes, without leave of Council.

8.11 A member may ask a question only for the purpose of obtaining information relating to

the matter under discussion and such question must be stated concisely and asked only through the Chair.

8.12 Notwithstanding Section 8.11, when a member has been recognized as the next

speaker, then immediately before speaking, such member may ask a question of or through the Chair on the Question on the Floor or matter under discussion but only for the purpose of obtaining information, following which the member may speak.

8.13 The following matters and motions with respect thereto may be introduced orally without

written notice and without leave, except as otherwise provided by these Rules of Procedure:

1. a point of order; 2. a privileged question; 3. presentation of a petition; 4. to adjourn; 5. to lay on the table; 6. to put the Question on the Floor to a vote.

8.14 The following matters and motions with respect thereto may be introduced without notice and without leave, but such motions shall be in writing signed by the mover and seconder, except as otherwise provided by these Rules of Procedure:

1. to amend; 2. to suspend the Rules of Procedure; 3. to postpone indefinitely; 4. to postpone to a certain time; 5. to go into the Committee of the Whole.

8.15 In all cases not listed in Sections 8.13 and 8.14, during the proceedings of the Council or

in the Committee of the Whole, the matter or motion shall be decided by the Chair who may, if necessary, consult with the Clerk, subject to an appeal to the Council upon a point of order, in accordance with Section 4.2.3.

9. MOTIONS AND AMENDMENTS 9.1 NOTICE(S) OF MOTION 9.1.1 Notice of all new motions, except motions listed in Sections 8.13 and 8.14, shall be given

in writing and duly signed at a meeting of Council or Committee, but shall not be debated until the next regular meeting of Council or Committee unless such motion is delivered to the Clerk or Committee Secretary at least six (6) full business days preceding the date of the meeting at which such motion is to be introduced; and such motion shall be printed in full on the Agenda for that meeting of the Council or Committee and each succeeding meeting until the motion is considered or otherwise disposed.

14

9.1.2 Notwithstanding Section 9.1.1, during Council’s review and consideration of annual business plans and budgets, all amending motions shall be tabled in writing and duly signed as Notices of Motion to be debated at the Budget meeting specifically identified for budget debate. The Clerk will ensure that all such motions are printed in full on the Agenda for the meeting when debate is scheduled to occur.

9.1.3 When a member’s Notice of Motion has been called from the Chair for two (2)

successive meetings and not duly considered or otherwise disposed, it shall be dropped from the Agenda unless the Council or Committee otherwise decides.

9.1.4 If, at the third meeting, such notice of motion is put to a question by the Chair and not

considered or otherwise disposed, it shall be deemed to have been withdrawn. 9.1.5 Any motion may be introduced without notice if the Council, without debate, dispenses

with the notice requirements of Section 9.1, on the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members present and voting.

9.2 MOTION TO BE SECONDED A motion must be formally seconded before the Chair States the Question and can put

the Question to a vote, or before the Clerk can record the motion and its result in the minutes.

9.3 STATING THE QUESTION 9.3.1 When a motion is presented in Council in writing, it shall be read aloud by the Chair. 9.3.2 Notwithstanding Section 9.3.1, at his or her discretion, the Chair may choose not to read

the motion aloud. 9.3.3 When a motion is presented in Council orally, it shall be stated by the Chair and

recorded by the Clerk before debate can occur. 9.4 MOTION ULTRA VIRES A motion in respect of a matter which is beyond the jurisdiction of the Council or

Committee shall not be in order. 9.5 QUESTION ON THE FLOOR 9.5.1 After a motion is stated by the Chair it shall be deemed to be in the possession of the

Council or Committee but the motion may, with the permission of the Council, be withdrawn by the mover and seconder at any time before the Question is put or any amendment(s) made thereto.

9.5.2 A Question on the Floor for decision must duly be considered or otherwise disposed

before any other motion can be received, except motions in respect of matters listed in Section 8.13.

15

9.5.3 A motion to refer a Question On the Floor to Committee of the Whole, a Committee of Council or an Advisory Body shall preclude all amendments of the main question until the motion to refer is duly considered or otherwise disposed.

9.6 PREVIOUS QUESTION 9.6.1 A motion for the Previous Question is the motion used to bring the Council to an

immediate vote on one or more pending Questions. It has the effect of closing debate and preventing any further amendment of the Question On the Floor. It does not prevent the making of any Privileged Question, nor does it prevent a special order set for a

particular hour from interrupting the pending business. 9.6.2 A motion for the Previous Question only can be moved using the following words:

“THAT THE QUESTION NOW BE PUT.” 9.6.3 A motion for the Previous Question cannot be proposed when an amendment, pursuant

to Section 9.7, is under consideration. 9.6.4 A motion for the Previous Question is not allowed in Committees. 9.7 AMENDMENTS 9.7.1 A motion to Amend shall adhere to the following rules:

1. be presented in writing (Primary Amendment) and duly seconded; 2. be relevant or germane to the Question On the Floor; 3. not be used to amend something previously adopted; 4. not be worded such as to propose a direct negative of the Question On the Floor; 5. be duly considered or otherwise disposed of by Council or Committee before a

previous amendment of the same question; 6. be amended only once (Secondary Amendment), and any further amendment must

be to the main question; 7. be put to a vote in the reverse order to that in which it is so moved; and, 8. may be used to separate and dispose of distinct parts of a question.

9.8 PRIVILEGED MOTION A Privileged Motion shall receive the immediate consideration of the Chair and when resolved the Question On the Floor, so interrupted, shall be resumed at the point where it was suspended.

9.9 DIVISION OF A QUESTION

A motion to Divide the Question On the Floor:

1. can be applied only when the main Question can be divided properly into parts that

can be considered and acted upon if none of the other parts is adopted, and where the effect of adopting all the other parts will be exactly the same – no more, no less – as adoption of the main Question;

16

2. takes precedence over the main Question, or related amendments, but it cannot be made while an amendment to the main Question is pending;

3. is out of order when another member has the floor; 4. must be seconded; 5. is not debatable; and, 6. cannot be reconsidered.

9.10 MOTION TO ADJOURN 9.10.1 A motion to Adjourn shall always be in order, except as provided in Section 9.10.2 9.10.2 A motion to Adjourn is not in order when:

1. a member is speaking to the Question On the Floor; 2. a member has already indicated to the Chair that he or she desires to speak to the

Question On the Floor; 3. proposed during a vote or during the verification of a vote; or, 4. proposed immediately following the affirmative resolution for the Previous Question.

9.10.3 A motion to Adjourn a regular meeting of Council must state the time at which the next

session or meeting of Council is to be held. 9.10.4 A motion to Adjourn the final regular meeting of Council’s term, wherein unfinished

business remains at the time of adjournment, has the effect of causing said unfinished business to fall to the ground. Such business may be introduced at the next session of Council, however, the same as if it had never been brought up.

9.11 RECONSIDERATION 9.11.1 The purpose of reconsidering a vote is to permit correction of hasty, ill-advised, or

erroneous action, or to take into account added information or a changed situation that has developed since the taking of a vote.

9.11.2 No discussion of a main question, once resolved, shall be allowed unless reconsidered. 9.11.3 After any question has been resolved, except a motion not subject to debate or one of

indefinite postponement, any member who voted in the majority may make a motion for Reconsideration thereof.

9.11.4 A motion for Reconsideration shall include a statement by the mover of at least one valid

reason why the main Question, so previously decided, must be reconsidered by Council. 9.11.5 No Question previously decided shall be reconsidered more than once. 10. VOTING ON MOTIONS 10.1 Immediately preceding the taking of the vote, the Chair shall state the Question On the

Floor in the form introduced, in the precise form in which it will be recorded in the minutes.

17

10.2 After a Question On the Floor is stated by the Chair, no member shall speak to the question nor shall any other motion be made until after the vote is taken and the result has been declared.

10.3 Only members present when the Question On the Floor is stated by the Chair shall be

entitled to vote on the question. 10.4 The manner of determining the decision of the Council or Committee on a Question On

the Floor shall be decided prior to the vote being taken and at the discretion of the Chair, unless otherwise decided by Council or Committee, and may be by voice, show of hands, rising or otherwise, but shall never be by secret ballot, pursuant to Section 244 of the Act.

10.5 Whenever the vote in consideration of the Question On the Floor results in a tie, the

question shall be deemed to have been resolved in the negative, except in the election of the Warden or Deputy Warden, whereupon the provisions of Section 4.1.9 shall apply.

11. BY-LAWS, DELEGATIONS AND MINUTES 11.1 BY-LAWS 11.1.1 Every By-law, previous to it being adopted by Council, shall receive three readings. 11.1.2 It shall be the duty of the Clerk to revise all By-laws after the first reading and after such

revision, the Clerk shall initial same and certify on the said By-laws that the same are correct, and at every succeeding stage of such By-law, the Clerk shall be responsible to ensure the By-law correctness, should amendments be made thereto.

11.1.3 Upon the final reading and passing of any By-law, the same shall be numbered and

certified by the signatures of the Warden and the Clerk and the seal of the County and the Clerk shall certify same with the date thereof at the foot of the By-law.

11.2 DELEGATIONS AND PRESENTATIONS

Persons desiring to present verbally information on matters of fact, or to make a request of Council or Committee, shall notify the Clerk or Committee Secretary in advance of the meeting which they propose to attend, and may be heard by the Council/Committee, but shall be limited in speaking to a period of not more than fifteen (15) minutes, provided that a deputation consisting of more than five persons shall be limited to two speakers subject to a total limitation of fifteen (15) minutes; and provided further that Council or Committee may, by motion, lengthen the time for hearing of delegations.

11.3 MINUTES 11.3.1 The minutes of the Council or Committee shall consist of:

1. a record of the place, date and time of meeting; 2. the name of the Chair, a record of all members present, and the names of those

absent; 3. the reading, if requested, correction and adoption of the Minutes of prior meetings; 4. all other proceedings of the meeting without note or comment.

18

11.3.2 At the close of each meeting or session, the Clerk or Committee Secretary will transcribe the proceedings of such meeting in the minute book and immediately after the Approval of the Agenda at the next meeting of Council or Committee, the minutes of the previous meeting shall be considered so that any errors therein may be corrected, and the Chair shall then sign such minutes in open Council or Committee. The Clerk or Committee Secretary shall ensure that a copy of the minutes of each meeting is delivered to each member of the Council or Committee at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the next meeting of Council or Committee.

11.3.3 When a matter or Question On the Floor is referred from one meeting to the next, the

Clerk or Committee Secretary shall record it as unfinished business and ensure the matter is brought forward as Unfinished Business before the Council or Committee at its next meeting.

12. CLOSED SESSIONS 12.1 A meeting, or part of a meeting, may be closed to the public (Closed Session) if the

subject matter being considered is one or more of the following:

1. the security of the property of the County or a local board; 2. personal matters about an identifiable individual, including County or local

board employees; 3. a proposed or pending acquisition or disposition of land by the County or local

board; 4. labour relations or employee negotiations; 5. litigation or potential litigation, including matters before administrative

tribunals, affecting the County, or local board; 6. the receiving of advice that is subject to solicitor-client privilege, including

communications necessary for that purpose; 7. a matter in respect of which Council, a board, a committee or other body may

hold a closed meeting under another Act; 8. for the purpose of educating or training the members so far as the matter is not dealt

with in a way that materially advances the business or decision-making of the Council, local board or committee;

9. an ongoing investigation respecting the County, a local board or a municipally-controlled corporation by the Ombudsman of Ontario, a locally-appointed Ombudsman, or an appointed Closed Meeting Investigator;

10. information explicitly supplied in confidence to the municipality or local board by Canada, a province or territory or a Crown agency of any of them;

11. a trade secret or scientific, technical, commercial, financial or labour relations information, supplied in confidence to the municipality or local board, which, if disclosed, could reasonably be expected to prejudice significantly the competitive position or interfere significantly with the contractual or other negotiations of a person, group of persons, or organization;

12. a trade secret or scientific, technical, commercial or financial information that belongs to the municipality or local board and has monetary value or potential monetary value; or

13. a position, plan, procedure, criteria or instruction to be applied to any negotiations carried on or to be carried on by or on behalf of the municipality or local board.

19

12.2 Meetings closed to the public must be closed by a motion to “Proceed into Closed Session” with the said motion, duly seconded and passed, stating the general nature of the matter(s) to be considered at the Closed Session.

12.3 Where the public is excluded from a meeting, or portion thereof, no vote may be taken

except a vote on a procedural matter or for the giving of directions or instructions to officers, employees or agents of the County or persons retained by or under contract with the County.

12.4 The number of times a member may speak to any question shall not be limited during a

Closed Session, provided that no member shall speak more than once until every member who desires to do so shall have spoken.

12.5 A member present at a Closed Session shall, prior to consideration of any matter,

declare any pecuniary interest, direct or indirect, and the general nature thereof; and said member shall leave the Closed Session, or part thereof, during which the matter is under consideration. Said declaration shall be recorded in the minutes.

12.6 The minutes for a Closed Session shall include the following:

1. the time and place of the meeting; 2. those members in attendance and the presiding officer; 3. disclosures of pecuniary interest, if any, but not the general nature thereof; and 4. directions given to officers, employees or agents of the County or persons retained

by or under contract with the County. 12.7 A motion to adjourn a Closed Session shall always be in order and be decided without

debate, except when a member is in possession of the floor. 12.8 Upon rising from a Closed Session, the Chair shall announce the result of the vote as it

is to be recorded in the minutes. 13. COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 13.1 A member may motion to move into the Committee of the Whole in the following

instances:

1. wherever questions will be asked of staff; 2. where reports are being made by someone from outside of the Council; 3. at any time when free discussion of an item is desired and the Council so decides.

13.2 The Warden, or Chair, may request the Deputy Warden, or another member in the case

of the absence of the Deputy Warden, to assume the Chair of the Committee of the Whole.

13.3 The Rules of Procedure and the Rules of Conduct of Members shall be observed insofar

as they are applicable, provided that:

1. the number of times of speaking on any question shall not be limited; 2. no member shall speak more than once, except to make an explanation, until every

member who desires to speak has spoken.

20

13.4 The proceedings of the Committee of the Whole shall not be entered into the minutes. 13.5 The report of the Committee of the Whole will be presented by the Chair of the

Committee of the Whole, who presided at that time, in the form of recommendations to the Council. Said recommendations can then be given further consideration and properly disposed of by Council.

13.6 A motion to “rise and report” shall be decided without debate. 13.7 A motion to “rise without reporting” shall always be in order and shall take precedence

over any other motion and, if carried, the subject referred to the Committee shall be deemed to have been disposed of in the negative, subject however to its Reconsideration if Council should so decide. The next order of business shall then proceed therewith.

14. COMPOSITION AND DUTIES OF COMMITTEES OF COUNCIL 14.1 Council may at any time, on motion of a member duly considered and agreed to in the

affirmative, strike a Committee, Quasi-Judicial Board, Ad Hoc Committee or Steering Committee, as the case may be, to consider and report on any matter or to perform any special service within the spheres of jurisdiction of the County, pursuant to Section 11 of the Act. Unless specifically provided for in the striking resolution and/or by-law, such committee shall dissolve as soon as the services for which that committee was appointed are performed.

14.2 For every Committee and Quasi-Judicial Board established by Council, Council shall

adopt a terms of reference, and this terms of reference shall be reviewed with each term of Council and prior to any new committee appointments.

14.3 The terms of reference adopted by Council under 14.2 above must include the:

1. composition of the committee, including term of office for lay appointments if the

term does not coincide with the term of Council; 2. committee mandate; and 3. specific duties, including delegated duties (if any).

14.4 The powers and duties of Committees, Quasi-Judicial Boards, Ad Hoc Committees and

Steering Committees shall be pursuant to the striking resolution and/or by-law of Council as adopted, giving direction, but shall not include the decision-making authority of Council, pursuant to Section 11 of the Act, except in the case of a Quasi-Judicial Board, or as otherwise explicitly provided for in the striking resolution and/or by-law.

14.5 Unless Council specifically sets out in the striking resolution and/or by-law, or unless legislation provides otherwise, the term of office for member appointments to committees shall coincide with the term of Council.

14.6 Unless the terms of reference provide otherwise, or unless legislation provides

otherwise, the term of office for lay appointments to committees shall coincide with the term of Council or until their successors are appointed.

21

14.7 Lay appointments to Committees, Quasi-Judicial Boards, Ad Hoc Committees and Steering Committees shall be in accordance with the following procedure:

1. Where non-elected members (lay persons) are required to serve on any Committee,

Quasi-Judicial Board, Ad Hoc Committee or Steering Committee, Council shall instruct the Clerk to advertise these positions in a local newspaper(s) of sufficient circulation, and on the County Internet site, and to post at the County’s customer service desk, at the administration offices of the local area municipalities, if applicable, and on social media in consultation with the Manager of Strategic Communication and Engagement or designate.

2. If an interview(s) with the applicant(s) is required with the Council or committee, said interview(s) will take place in a Closed Session of Council or committee. A recommendation to the Council will be brought forward in a timely manner to ensure the composition of the Committee, Quasi-Judicial Board, Ad Hoc Committee or Steering Committee, as the case may be, is established by resolution and/or by-law.

14.8 A majority of the members of a committee is necessary to constitute a quorum. 14.9 The provisions of Section 3.7 apply if no quorum is present, with the necessary

substitutions. 14.10 The Order of Business of meetings of Committees, Quasi-Judicial Boards, Ad Hoc

Committees and Steering Committees shall be pursuant to Section 6 with the necessary substitutions and omissions.

14.11 The Rules of Conduct of the members of Committees, Quasi-Judicial Boards, Ad Hoc

Committees and Steering Committees shall be pursuant to Section 7. 14.12 The Rules of Debate for Committees, Quasi-Judicial Boards, Ad Hoc Committees and

Steering Committees shall be pursuant to Section 8, with the necessary substitutions, except Sections 8.9 and 8.10 shall not apply to limit the ability of or time allowed for any member to speak to a question or item under discussion.

14.13 Motions and Amendments thereto shall be considered in accordance with Section 9. 14.14 All decisions of the Committees, Ad Hoc Committees and Steering Committees shall be

in the form of recommendations to Council, except as otherwise explicitly provided by Council resolution and/or by-law striking the committee, and shall be forwarded by the Secretary to the Clerk for inclusion in the Agenda of the next meeting of Council.

14.15 An employee of the County shall be the Secretary of the Committee, Quasi-Judicial

Board, Ad Hoc Committee or Steering Committee and shall act as a resource person in a non-voting capacity.

15. WORKSHOPS AND INFORMATION SESSIONS Workshops and information sessions are informal and broad discussions among a

quorum or non-quorum of members with the assistance of staff and, as appropriate, with guests. Workshops and information sessions will be held at a location to be determined and made public. Sessions of this nature are for the purpose of educating or training the members and to seek Council insight and feedback. At no time shall a workshop or

22

information session materially advance the business or decision-making of the Council, local board or committee.

16. REPEAL OR AMENDMENT OF THIS BY-LAW 16.1 This By-law is not to be amended or repealed except by a majority of all members of

Council present. 16.2 No amendment or repeal of this By-law is to be considered at any meeting of the Council

unless notice of the proposed amendment or repeal has been given at a previous regular meeting of the Council.

17. MISCELLANEOUS For the purposes of this By-law, words used in the present tense include the future

tense; words in singular number include the plural and words in the plural include the singular number; and, the word “shall” is mandatory.

COUNTY OF OXFORD

BY-LAW NO. 6008-2018

BEING a By-law to confirm all actions and proceedings of the Council of the County of Oxford at the meeting at which this By-law is passed. The Council of the County of Oxford enacts as follows: 1. That all decisions made by Council at the meeting at which this By-law is passed, in respect

of each report, resolution or other action passed and taken by the Council at this meeting, are hereby adopted, ratified and confirmed.

2. That the Warden and/or the proper officers of the County are hereby authorized and directed to do all things necessary to give effect to the said decisions referred to in Section 1 of this By-law, to obtain approvals where required, and except where otherwise provided, to execute all necessary documents and the Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to affix the corporate seal where necessary.

3. That nothing in this By-law has the effect of giving to any decision the status of a By-law

where any legal prerequisite to the enactment of a specific By-law has not been satisfied. 4. That all decisions, as referred to in Section 1 of this By-law, supercede any prior decisions

of Council to the contrary. READ a first and second time this 28th day of March, 2018. READ a third time and finally passed this 28th day of March, 2018.

